Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

he+has+youth+on+his+side

  • 1 себе на уме

    разг., неодобр.
    smb. is very shrewd (crafty, cunning, canny); smb. is a deep one; smb. knows very well what he is about; smb. is nobody's fool; cf. smb. knows which side his bread is buttered on

    Как и всем в отряде, командир казался Морозке необыкновенно правильным человеком. Но так как жизненный опыт подсказывал ему, что правильных людей не существует, то он старался убедить себя, что Левинсон, наоборот, - величайший жулик и "себе на уме". (А. Фадеев, Разгром) — As everybody else in the company, Morozka looked on the commander as an exceptional man. But since his whole experience of life had taught him that such men did not exist, he tried to convince himself that Levinson was, on the contrary, a rogue if there ever was one, and a cunning fellow.

    - А ты хитёр, папаша, ты - себе на уме! - сказал Александр Михайлович. (М. Шолохов, Они сражались за Родину) — 'But you're a crafty fellow, grandad. You're nobody's fool!' Alexander Mikhailovich declared.

    Этот крепко себе на уме. Несмотря на молодость... у него уже практически готова докторская на модную, современную тему. (И. Грекова, Кафедра) — He is a man who definitely knows which side his bread is buttered on. Despite his youth... he has practically completed his doctor's dissertation on the fashionable, up-to-date theme...

    Русско-английский фразеологический словарь > себе на уме

  • 2 ὅραμα

    ὅραμα, ατος, τό (ὁράω; X. et al.) in our lit. of extraordinary visions, whether the pers. who has the vision be asleep or awake.
    ① someth. that is viewed with one’s eye, someth. seen, sight, vision (acc. to Artem. 1, 2 p. 5, 19 ὅραμα is someth. that can actually be seen, in contrast to 5, 17 φάντασμα=a figment of the imagination; PCairGoodsp 3, 5 [III B.C.]; PParis 51, 38 [160 B.C.]=UPZ 78 τὸ ὅραμα τοῦτο ὸ̔ τεθέαμαι; Ex 3:3; Dt 4:34; Da 7:1; En 99:8; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 13 [Stone p. 10] ἀναγγελεῖ τὸ ὅραμα; TestLevi 8:1 εἶδον ὅραμα; 9:2) of the Transfiguration Mt 17:9. Of God’s appearance in the burning bush Ac 7:31. Cp. Ac 10:17, 19; 11:5; 12:9; 16:9f (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 134 §565 Brutus, when he is about to cross over ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας ἐς τὴν Εὐρώπην … νυκτός sees someth. that appeared to him [ὄψιν ἰδεῖν]: a φάσμα—not a human being, not a god, but a δαίμων κακός—stands at his side and speaks to him; cp. Philostrat., Life of Apollonius 4, 34 on a change of plan prompted by a dream [ὄναρ]); Hv 4, 2, 2. ἐπιδεικνύναι τινὶ ὅραμα show someone a vision 3, 2, 3. δεικνύναι τινὶ ὁράματα (w. ἀποκαλύψεις) 4, 1, 3. ἀποκαλύπτειν τὰ ὁράματα reveal the visions (double sense, as in the original, which can be understood of the visions themselves or of the interpretation of their mng.) 3, 4, 3.
    ② the act by which the recipient of a vision is granted a vision, or the state of being in which the pers. receives a vision, vision (SIG 1128 καθʼ ὅραμα; LXX) of the Lord: εἰπεῖν ἐν νυκτὶ διʼ ὁράματος say at night in a vision Ac 18:9. ἐν ὁράματι (Gen 15:1; 46:2 εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς ἐν ὁρ. τῆς νυκτός; Da 7:13) εἶδεν ἐν ὁρ. ἄγγελον (cp. TestJud 3:10) Ac 10:3. Cp. 9:10, 12. βλέπειν ἐν ὁρ. τῆς νυκτός Hv 3, 10, 6. [τοῦ παιδὸ] τ̣ο̣υ̣ [διελ]θόντο ἐν ὁρό(=ά)ματι διὰ [τοῦ κεκλεισμένου] κοιτῶ̣[νο] [the youth] who, in (Paul’s) vision, had entered through [the closed] bedroom AcPl Ha 5, 31f. ἐν ὁράματι ἰδ[ούση] τὸν κύριον having seen the Lord in a vision Ox 3525, 19. Ox 1224 Fgm. 2 recto, II, 3 (=Kl. T. 83, p. 26, 10) Ἰῆ [ἐ]ν ὁράμα[τι λέγει]. S. ὅρασις 3, ὄναρ, and πνεῦμα 6f.—DELG s.v. ὁράω. M-M. TW. EDNT.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὅραμα

  • 3 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 4 efecto

    m.
    1 effect (consecuencia, resultado).
    con efecto desde with effect from
    hacer efecto to take effect
    surtir efecto to have an effect
    tener efecto to come into o take effect (vigencia)
    efecto dominó domino effect
    efecto invernadero greenhouse effect
    efecto óptico optical illusion
    efectos secundarios side effects
    2 aim, purpose.
    al efecto, a dicho efecto, a tal efecto to that end
    a efectos de algo as far as something is concerned
    a efectos legales,… as far as the law is concerned,…, in the eyes of the law,…
    a todos los efectos for all practical purposes
    3 impression.
    producir buen/mal efecto to make a good/bad impression
    4 spin.
    dar efecto a to put spin on
    efecto de comercio commercial paper
    efecto de favor accommodation bill
    6 effectiveness, striking quality.
    * * *
    1 (resultado) effect, result, end
    2 (impresión) impression
    3 (fin) aim, object
    4 DEPORTE spin
    5 COMERCIO bill, draft
    1 (bienes) effects, possessions; (mercancías) goods; (personales) effects, belongings
    \
    a efectos de... with the object of...
    a tal efecto to that end
    causar efecto to make an impression
    chutar con efecto to curl the ball, swerve the ball
    en efecto quite, yes indeed
    hacer buen efecto to be impressive, look good
    hacer efecto to make an impression, take effect, work
    ser de efecto retardado figurado to be slow on the uptake
    surtir efecto to work, be effective
    tener efecto (celebrarse) to take place 2 (entrar en vigor) to take effect
    efecto interbancario bank draft, bank bill
    efectos especiales special effects
    efectos personales personal belongings
    efectos públicos public bonds
    efectos secundarios side effects
    * * *
    noun m.
    - en efecto
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=consecuencia) effect

    • hacer efecto — to take effect

    • por efecto de — (=por acción de) by; (=a consecuencia de) as a result of

    • de efecto retardado — [bomba] delayed-action antes de s

    es de efectos retardados — hum he's a bit slow on the uptake *

    • surtir o tener o causar efecto — to have an effect

    efecto 2000 — (Inform) millennium bug, Y2K

    efecto útil — (Mec) efficiency, output

    2)

    • en efecto — indeed

    nos encontramos, en efecto, ante un invento revolucionario — we are indeed faced with a revolutionary invention

    en efecto, así es — yes, indeed o that's right

    y en efecto, el libro estaba donde él dijo — sure enough, the book was where he had said it would be

    3) (=vigencia)
    [de ley, reforma]

    • efecto retroactivo, esas medidas tendrán efecto retroactivo — those measures will be applied retroactively o retrospectively

    • tener efecto — to take effect, come into effect

    4) frm (=objetivo) purpose

    • a efectos fiscales/prácticos — for tax/practical purposes

    a efectos legales — for legal purposes, in legal terms

    a efectos de contrato, los dos cónyuges son copropietarios — for the purposes of the contract, husband and wife are co-owners

    • al efecto — for the purpose

    una comisión designada al efecto — a specially established commission, a commission set up for the purpose

    • a efectos de hacer algo — in order to do sth

    • llevar a efecto — [+ acción, cambio] to carry out; [+ acuerdo, pacto] to put into practice; [+ reunión, congreso] to hold

    • a tal efecto — to this end, for this purpose

    a tal efecto, han convocado un referéndum — to this end o for this purpose, a referendum has been called

    • a todos los efectos — to all intents and purposes

    5) (=impresión) effect

    • ser de buen/mal efecto — to create o give a good/bad impression

    6) (Dep) [gen] spin; (Ftbl) swerve

    sacó la pelota con efecto — she put some spin on her service, she served with topspin

    dar efecto a la pelota, lanzar la pelota con efecto — (Tenis) to put spin on the ball; (Ftbl) to put a swerve on the ball

    7) pl efectos (Com) (=bienes) stock sing, goods; (=documentos) bills
    8) (Numismática)
    * * *
    1) (resultado, consecuencia) effect

    de efecto retardado — < mecanismo> delayed-action (before n)

    3) (Der) ( vigencia)

    la nueva ley tendrá efecto a partir de... — the new law will take effect o come into effect from...

    con efecto a partir de... — with effect from...

    4) (frml) ( fin)

    construido expresamente al or a tal or a este efecto — specially designed for this purpose

    a efectos legales — legally (speaking) o in the eyes of the law

    5) (Dep)
    b) ( desvío) swerve
    6)
    a) (Fin) ( valores) bill of exchange, draft
    b) efectos masculino plural (frml) ( de comercio) stock; ( de local) contents (pl)
    •
    * * *
    1) (resultado, consecuencia) effect

    de efecto retardado — < mecanismo> delayed-action (before n)

    3) (Der) ( vigencia)

    la nueva ley tendrá efecto a partir de... — the new law will take effect o come into effect from...

    con efecto a partir de... — with effect from...

    4) (frml) ( fin)

    construido expresamente al or a tal or a este efecto — specially designed for this purpose

    a efectos legales — legally (speaking) o in the eyes of the law

    5) (Dep)
    b) ( desvío) swerve
    6)
    a) (Fin) ( valores) bill of exchange, draft
    b) efectos masculino plural (frml) ( de comercio) stock; ( de local) contents (pl)
    •
    * * *
    efecto1
    1 = effect, action.

    Ex: Kaiser also investigated the effect of grouping subheadings of a subject.

    Ex: Coates believed that in order to conceptualise an action it is necessary to visualise the thing on which the action is being performed.
    * a efectos de = in terms of, for the purpose of + Nombre.
    * a efectos prácticos = to all intents and purposes, for all practical purposes, for all intents and purposes, to all intents.
    * a tal efecto = to this effect.
    * a tales efectos = hereto.
    * atenuar el efecto = mitigate + effect.
    * a todos los efectos = to all intents and purposes, to all intents, for all practical purposes, for all intents and purposes.
    * causa-efecto = causal.
    * con efecto desde + Fecha = with effect from + Fecha.
    * dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.
    * de gran efecto = wide-reaching.
    * diluir el efecto = dissipate + effect.
    * efecto adverso = ill effect [ill-effect], adverse effect.
    * efecto bola de nieve = snowball effect.
    * efecto coercitivo = chilling effect.
    * efecto de halo = halo effect.
    * efecto de la guerra = effect of war.
    * efecto del santo = halo effect.
    * efecto desastroso = chilling effect.
    * efecto dominó = knock-on effect, chain reaction.
    * efecto dominó, el = ripple effect, the, domino effect, the.
    * efecto duradero = lasting effect, long-lasting effect.
    * efecto especial = special effect.
    * efecto final = net effect.
    * efecto invernadero, el = greenhouse effect, the.
    * efecto látigo, el = whip effect, the.
    * efecto moderador = toned effect.
    * efecto multiplicador = multiplier effect.
    * efecto nefasto = deleterious effect.
    * efecto negativo = ill effect [ill-effect], chilling effect, blowback.
    * efecto nocivo = damaging effect, toxic effect, harmful effect.
    * efecto óptico = optical illusion.
    * efecto perjudicial = damaging effect, harmful effect.
    * efecto positivo = beneficial effect, positive effect.
    * efecto profundo = profound effect.
    * efecto represivo = chilling effect.
    * efecto secundario = side effect [side-effect], spillover effect, after effect [after-effect].
    * efecto sicológico = psychological effect.
    * efecto sonoro = sound effect.
    * efectos secundarios = knock-on effect.
    * efecto tóxico = toxic effect.
    * efecto visual = visual.
    * emisión de gases de efecto invernadero = carbon emission.
    * en efecto = to all intents and purposes, for all intents and purposes.
    * estropear el efecto = spoil + effect.
    * gas que produce el efecto invernadero = greenhouse gas.
    * intensificar el efecto de algo = intensify + effect.
    * los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.
    * luchar con los efectos adversos de = combat + the effects of.
    * mitigar el efecto = mitigate + effect.
    * mitigar el efecto de Algo = minimise + effect.
    * paliar el efecto = mitigate + effect.
    * para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.
    * profundo efecto = profound effect.
    * protegerse de los efectos de Algo = ward off + effects.
    * relación causa-efecto = cause-effect relation, causal relationship.
    * sentir los efectos de = feel + the effects of.
    * sufrir el efecto de Algo = suffer + effect.
    * surtir efecto = take + effect, have + effect, pay off, pay, come into + effect.
    * tener efecto = take + effect.
    * tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.
    * tener su efecto = take + Posesivo + toll (on).
    * tener un efecto adverso sobre = have + an adverse effect on.

    efecto2
    * efecto bancario = bank draft, banker's draft, banker's cheque.
    * efectos negociables = commercial paper.
    * efectos personales = personal belongings, belongings.
    * tienda de efectos navales = chandlery.
    efecto3
    3 = topspin.

    Ex: In order to be effective with passing shots, you need to be able to impart a lot of topspin on the ball.

    * * *
    A
    1 (resultado, consecuencia) effect
    el castigo surtió efecto the punishment had the desired effect
    las medidas no han producido el efecto deseado ( frml); the measures have not had the desired effect
    un calmante de efecto inmediato a fast-acting painkiller
    ya ha empezado a hacerle efecto la anestesia the anesthetic has begun to work o to take effect
    bajo los efectos del alcohol under the influence of alcohol
    medidas para paliar los efectos de la sequía measures to alleviate the effects of the drought
    la operación se llevó a efecto con gran rapidez ( frml); the operation was carried out extremely swiftly
    de efecto retardado ‹bomba/mecanismo› delayed-action ( before n)
    soy de efectos retardados ( hum); I'm a bit slow on the uptake ( hum)
    2
    en efecto indeed
    en efecto, así ocurrió it did indeed happen like that
    estamos, en efecto, presenciando un hecho único we are indeed witnessing an extraordinary event
    ¿es usted el doctor? — en efecto are you the doctor? —I am indeed
    Compuestos:
    puede tener un efecto bumerán it may boomerang o backfire
    domino effect
    greenhouse effect
    ( Hist, Inf) millennium bug
    optical illusion
    la ley no tendrá efecto retroactivo the law will not be retroactive o retrospective
    el aumento se aplicará con efecto retroactivo the increase will be backdated
    side effect
    mpl stage effects (pl)
    mpl special effects (pl)
    mpl sound effects (pl)
    mpl visual effects (pl)
    mpl videographics (pl)
    B
    (impresión): su conducta causó muy mal efecto his behavior gave a very bad impression o ( colloq) didn't go down at all well
    no sé qué efecto le causaron mis palabras I do not know what effect my words had o what impression my words made on him
    C ( Der) (vigencia) effect
    la nueva ley tendrá efecto a partir de octubre the new law will take effect o come into effect from October
    D ( frml)
    (fin): el edificio ha sido construido expresamente al or a tal or a este efecto the new building has been specially designed for this purpose
    debe rellenar el formulario que se le enviará a estos efectos you must fill in the relevant form which will be sent to you
    a efectos legales tal matrimonio es inexistente legally (speaking) o in the eyes of the law o for legal purposes such a marriage does not exist
    se trasladó a Bruselas a (los) efectos de firmar el acuerdo she traveled to Brussels to sign o in order to sign the agreement
    tendrá que comparecer ante el juez a los efectos oportunos he must appear before the judge to complete the necessary formalities
    a todos los efectos un joven de 18 años es un adulto to all intents and purposes a youth of 18 is an adult
    E
    (fenómeno científico): el efecto de Barnum the Barnum effect
    F ( Dep)
    le dio a la bola con efecto she put some spin on the ball
    2 (desvío) swerve
    tiró la pelota con efecto he made the ball swerve
    G
    1 ( Fin) (valores) bill of exchange, draft
    efectos negociables commercial paper
    2 efectos mpl ( frml) (de un comercio) stock; (de un local) contents (pl)
    Compuestos:
    bill of exchange
    ( frml); postage stamp
    mpl bank bills (pl), bank paper
    mpl chandlery
    mpl personal effects (pl)
    * * *

     

    efecto sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (resultado, consecuencia) effect;


    un calmante de efecto inmediato a fast-acting painkiller;
    mecanismo de efecto retardado delayed-action mechanism;
    bajo los efectos del alcohol under the influence of alcohol;
    efecto dos mil (Inf) millennium bug;
    efecto invernadero greenhouse effect;
    efecto óptico optical illusion;
    efecto secundario side effect;
    efectos especiales special effects;
    efectos sonoros sound effects
    b)



    ( así es) indeed
    2 ( impresión):
    ◊ su conducta causó mal efecto his behavior made a bad impression o (colloq) didn't go down well;

    no sé qué efecto le causaron mis palabras I don't know what effect my words had on him
    3 (Dep) ( desvío) swerve;
    ( movimiento rotatorio) spin;

    4

    efecto sustantivo masculino
    1 (consecuencia, resultado) effect: no tiene efectos secundarios, it has no side effects
    se marea por efecto de la medicación, she feels ill because of the medicine
    2 (impresión) impression: su discurso no me causó el menor efecto, his speech made no impression on me
    hace mal efecto, it makes a bad impression
    efectos especiales, special effects
    3 (fin, propósito) purpose: se le comunica al efecto de que.., you are informed that... 4 efectos personales, personal belongings o effects
    5 Meteor efecto invernadero, greenhouse effect
    6 Dep spin
    ♦ Locuciones: a efectos de..., for the purposes of...
    su firma es válida a todos los efectos, his signature is valid for any purpose
    surtir efecto, to take effect: nuestro plan no surtió efecto, our plan didn't work out
    ' efecto' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ambiente
    - consecuencia
    - deberse
    - destructor
    - destructora
    - difusor
    - difusora
    - ser
    - estabilizador
    - estabilizadora
    - fulminante
    - golpe
    - imagen
    - impresión
    - imprimir
    - incidir
    - influencia
    - invernadero
    - mella
    - mirada
    - obra
    - prohibición
    - resultado
    - retardada
    - retardado
    - retroactiva
    - retroactivo
    - surtir
    - swing
    - afectar
    - agradable
    - compensar
    - denominar
    - disuasivo
    - enfoque
    - impactante
    - inmediato
    - pasar
    - recorte
    - relación
    - simular
    - soporífero
    - surrealista
    - trascendental
    English:
    act
    - actually
    - adverse
    - aerial
    - after-effect
    - bite
    - boomerang
    - cause
    - domino effect
    - effect
    - effectively
    - enough
    - evil
    - fall
    - flourish
    - fuck
    - greenhouse effect
    - heighten
    - leverage
    - ripple effect
    - send
    - side
    - some
    - special
    - spin
    - void
    - wear off
    - work
    - after
    - draft
    - effective
    - green
    - indeed
    - millennium
    - sedation
    - succeed
    - sure
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    1. [consecuencia, resultado] effect;
    los efectos del terremoto fueron devastadores the effects of the earthquake were devastating;
    sus declaraciones causaron el efecto que él esperaba his statements had the desired effect;
    el analfabetismo es un efecto de la falta de escuelas illiteracy is a result of the lack of schools;
    la decisión de bajar los tipos de interés tuvo un efecto explosivo the decision to lower interest rates had an explosive impact;
    un medicamento de efecto inmediato a fast-acting medicine;
    un mecanismo de efecto retardado a delayed-action mechanism;
    Esp
    conducía o Am [m5] manejaba bajo los efectos del alcohol she was driving under the influence (of alcohol);
    hacer efecto to take effect;
    todavía no me ha hecho efecto la aspirina the aspirin still hasn't taken effect;
    llevar algo a efecto to put sth into effect, to implement sth;
    el desalojo de las viviendas se llevará a efecto mañana the evacuation of the homes will be carried out tomorrow;
    llevaron a efecto sus promesas/amenazas they made good o carried out their promises/threats;
    surtir efecto to have an effect, to be effective;
    las medidas contra el desempleo no han surtido efecto the measures against unemployment haven't had any effect o haven't been effective;
    por efecto de as a result of;
    el incendio se declaró por efecto de las altas temperaturas the fire broke out as a result of the high temperatures
    Informát el efecto 2000 the millennium bug;
    efecto bumerán boomerang effect;
    efecto dominó domino effect;
    Fís efecto Doppler Doppler effect;
    efecto fotoeléctrico photoelectric effect;
    efecto invernadero greenhouse effect;
    efecto mariposa butterfly effect;
    efecto óptico optical illusion;
    efecto placebo placebo effect;
    efectos secundarios side effects;
    Fís efecto túnel tunnel effect
    2. [finalidad] aim, purpose;
    al efecto, a dicho efecto, a tal efecto to that end;
    rogamos contacte con nosotros, a tal efecto le adjuntamos… you are requested to contact us, and to that end please find attached…;
    un andamio levantado al efecto scaffolding erected for the purpose;
    las medidas propuestas a dicho efecto the measures proposed to this end;
    a estos efectos, se te suministrará el material necesario you will be provided with the necessary materials for this purpose;
    a efectos o [m5] para los efectos de algo as far as sth is concerned;
    a efectos fiscales, estos ingresos no cuentan this income is not counted for tax purposes, this income is not taxable;
    a efectos legales, esta empresa ya no existe as far as the law is concerned o in the eyes of the law, this company no longer exists;
    a todos los efectos el propietario es usted for all practical purposes you are the owner
    3. [impresión] impression;
    sus declaraciones causaron gran efecto his statements made a great impression;
    nos hizo mucho efecto la noticia the news came as quite a shock to us;
    producir buen/mal efecto to make a good/bad impression
    4. [vigencia] effect;
    con efecto desde with effect from;
    con efecto retroactivo retroactively;
    con efecto inmediato with immediate effect;
    un juez ha declarado sin efecto esta norma municipal a judge has declared this by-law null and void;
    tener efecto [vigencia] to come into o take effect;
    ¿desde cuándo tiene efecto esa norma? how long has that law been in force?
    5. [de balón, bola] spin;
    lanzó la falta con mucho efecto he put a lot of bend on the free kick;
    dar efecto a la pelota, golpear la pelota con efecto [en tenis] to put spin on the ball, to spin the ball;
    [en fútbol] to put bend on the ball, to bend the ball;
    dar a la bola efecto de la derecha/izquierda [en billar] to put right-hand/left-hand side on the ball;
    dar a la bola efecto alto [en billar] to put topspin on the ball
    6. Com [documento] bill
    efecto bancario bank bill;
    efectos a cobrar bills receivable;
    efecto de comercio commercial paper;
    efectos del estado government securities;
    efecto de favor accommodation bill;
    efectos a pagar bills payable;
    efectos públicos government securities
    ♦ efectos nmpl
    1. Cine & TV efectos especiales special effects;
    efectos sonoros sound effects;
    efectos visuales visual effects
    2. [posesiones] efectos personales personal possessions o effects
    3. [mercancías] goods
    efectos de consumo consumer goods
    ♦ en efecto loc adv
    indeed;
    y, en efecto, fuimos a visitar la ciudad and we did indeed visit the city;
    ¿lo hiciste tú? – en efecto did you do it? – I did indeed o indeed I did
    * * *
    m
    1 effect;
    surtir efecto take effect, work;
    efecto a largo plazo long-term effect;
    aplicarse con efecto retroactivo be applied retroactively;
    la subida con efecto retroactivo de las pensiones the retroactive increase in pensions;
    llevar a efecto carry out;
    dejar sin efecto negate, undo
    2
    :
    hacer buen/mal efecto give o create a good/bad impression
    3
    :
    al efecto for the purpose;
    en efecto indeed
    * * *
    efecto nm
    1) : effect
    2)
    en efecto : actually, in fact
    3) efectos nmpl
    : goods, property
    efectos personales: personal effects
    * * *
    1. (en general) effect
    2. (pelota) spin
    hacer efecto to take effect [pt. took; pp. taken] / to work

    Spanish-English dictionary > efecto

  • 5 para

    prep.
    1 for.
    es para ti it's for you
    una mesa para el salón a table for the living room
    esta agua no es buena para beber this water isn't fit for drinking o to drink
    te lo repetiré para que te enteres I'll repeat it so you understand
    ¿para qué? what for?
    2 (in order) to.
    para conseguir sus propósitos in order to achieve his aims
    lo he hecho para agradarte I did it to please you
    3 toward.
    ir para casa to head (for) home
    salir para el aeropuerto to leave for the airport
    4 for (time).
    tiene que estar acabado para mañana it has to be finished by o for tomorrow
    5 to.
    la comida está lista para servir the meal is ready to be served
    el atleta está preparado para ganar the athlete is ready to win
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: parar.
    pres.subj.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: parir.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: parar.
    * * *
    2 (uso, utilidad) for
    ■ los cuchillos son para cortar, no para jugar con ellos knives are for cutting, not for playing with
    ■ ¿tienes algo para el dolor de cabeza? have you got anything for a headache?
    3 (destino, dirección) for, to
    ■ el tren para Toledo sale a las 18.00 the train to Toledo leaves at 18.00
    ■ ¿para dónde vas? where are you going?
    4 (tiempo, fechas límites) by, before
    1 (finalidad) to, in order to
    2 (suficiente) enough
    \
    para entonces by then
    para con towards, to
    para que so that
    ¿para qué? what for?
    ■ ¿para qué has comprado eso? what did you buy that for?
    ¡que para qué! familiar very, really, terribly
    ■ ¡hace un frío que para qué! it's freezing
    ■ ¡es más torpe que para qué! she's so clumsy!
    * * *
    prep.
    1) for
    2) to
    4) by
    •
    - para detrás
    - para que
    * * *
    I
    PREP
    1) [indicando finalidad, uso] for

    es demasiado cara para nosotros — it's too dear for us, it's beyond our means

    para esto, podíamos habernos quedado en casa — if this is it, we might as well have stayed at home

    2)

    para que —

    a) + subjun
    b) [en preguntas]

    ¿para qué lo quieres? — why do you want it?, what do you want it for?

    ¿para qué sirve? — what's it for?

    -¿por qué no se lo dices? -¿para qué? — "why don't you tell her?" - "what's the point o use?"

    tú ya has pasado por eso, ¿para qué te voy a contar? — you've already been through that, so there's no point o use me telling you

    tengo un hambre que para qué — [uso enfático] I'm absolutely starving *

    3) + infin
    a) [indicando finalidad] to

    estoy ahorrando para comprarme una moto — I'm saving up to buy a motorbike, I'm saving up for a motorbike

    no es para comer — it's not for eating, it's not to be eaten

    b) [indicando secuencia temporal]
    4) [con expresiones de tiempo]

    un cuarto para las diez — LAm a quarter to ten

    son cinco para las ocho — LAm it's five to eight

    5) [indicando dirección]

    para atrás — back, backwards

    el autobús para Marbella — the bus for Marbella, the Marbella bus

    ir para casa — to go home, head for home

    6) [indicando opiniones]

    para mí que miente — in my opinion o if you ask me he's lying

    7) [en comparaciones]

    ¿quién es usted para gritarme así? — who are you to shout at me like that?

    para patatas, las de mi pueblo — if it's potatoes you want, look no further than my home town

    para ruidosos, los españoles — there's nobody like the Spaniards for being noisy

    8) [indicando trato]

    para con — to, towards

    tan amable para con todos — so kind to o towards everybody

    estar 1., 7), ir 1., 10) II
    * SM paratrooper, para *
    * * *
    1) (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for

    ¿para qué revista escribes? — what magazine do you write for?

    ¿para qué sirve esto? — what's this (used) for?

    ¿para qué lo quieres? — what do you want it for?

    ¿para qué se lo dijiste? — what did you tell him for?

    que para qué decirte/hablar — (fam)

    tenían un hambre que para qué decirte/hablar — they were starving

    2)

    para + inf — to + inf

    3)

    para que + subj: lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me; pídeselo - ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it - so he can say no?; cierra para que no nos oigan — close the door so (that) they don't hear us

    para + inf: soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it; bastante tengo yo (como) para estar ocupándome de ti I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with yours as well; es (como) para matarlo! (fam) I'll kill him! (colloq); para que + subj: basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa — he only has to appear for her to get flustered

    6) (en comparaciones, contrastes)

    para lo que come, no está gordo — considering how much he eats, he's not fat

    para el caso que me hacen...! — for all the notice they take of me...

    para + inf: para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent; ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?; para que + subj: es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own; tanto esforzarme por ellos para que no te lo agradezcan! — after all that effort I made for them they didn't even say thankyou!

    7)

    estar para algo/+ inf — ( indicando estado)

    para mí que no viene — if you ask me, he won't come

    para su padre, es un genio — in his father's opinion o as far as his father's concerned, he is a genius

    ¿qué es lo más importante para ti? — what's the most important thing for you?

    9)

    empuja para arriba — push up o upward(s)

    ¿vas para el centro? — are you going to o toward(s) the center?

    va para los 50 años — she's going o (BrE) getting on for fifty

    a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo)

    ¿cuánto te falta para terminar? — how much have you got left to do?

    ¿para cuándo espera? — when is the baby due?

    b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to
    11)

    tengo para rato — (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)

    esto va para largo — (fam) this is going to take some time

    ¿qué le regalo para el cumpleaños? — what can I give him for his birthday?

    se fue para nunca volver — (liter) she went away never to return

    * * *
    = for, for, for the sake of, in order to, in respect of, in the interest(s) of, in the interest(s) of, so as, toward(s), within, in an attempt to, in an effort to, for purposes of, in a bid to, as a means of, in a drive to, in the drive to, if + Nombre + be + to.
    Ex. For newly created authority entries the date recorded is the date the entry was created.
    Ex. This gamut of information presents the indexer and user with problems in choosing access points for conference proceedings.
    Ex. The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.
    Ex. Any attempt to organise knowledge must, in order to justify the effort of organisation, have an objective.
    Ex. It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.
    Ex. In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.
    Ex. In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.
    Ex. A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.
    Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.
    Ex. Most data base producers have in-house guidelines for bibliographic description, and aim to achieve consistency of citation within their products.
    Ex. The first treaty of all was designed to pool the coal and steel resources of Europe in an attempt to overcome the devastation of the Second World War and to foster the concept of European unity.
    Ex. Many libraries have had fine free days or weeks in an effort to entice strayed material back.
    Ex. This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.
    Ex. In a bid to leapfrog stages of development, some transitional economies are investing heavily in building up information age infrastructures.
    Ex. The idea of tiered, or multilayered, citation is proposed as a means of testing this hypothesis = Se propone la idea de citar de una forma estratificada o por niveles para comprobar esta hipótesis.
    Ex. The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.
    Ex. The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.
    Ex. Some foods such as vegetable preserves which result from complicated and fragile fermentations must be made at specific times of the year if they are to succeed.
    ----
    * ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.
    * para abrir boca = as a kind of + appetiser.
    * para actuar = for action.
    * para alguna gente = to some people.
    * para algunas personas = to some people.
    * para algunos = to some.
    * para aquel entonces = by then.
    * para atraer al cliente = window dressing.
    * para beneficio de = for the good of.
    * para bien = for the best, for the better.
    * para bien de = in the best interests of, for the good of.
    * para bien de Alguien = in + Posesivo + best interest.
    * para bien o para mal = for better or (for) worse, for good or (for) ill, for good or (for) evil.
    * para bodas = bridal.
    * para chuparse los dedos = scrumptious, yummy [yummier -comp., yummiest -sup.].
    * para cocinar uno mismo = self-catering.
    * para colmo = into the bargain, into the bargain, to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse, for good measure, to add insult to injury.
    * para colmo de males = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para concluir = in closing, in conclusion, to wrap things up.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para cuando = by the time.
    * para cubrir gastos = on a cost-recovery basis.
    * para cubrirse las espaldas = as a backup.
    * para decir la verdad = to be honest.
    * para detrimento de = to the neglect of.
    * para diario = everyday.
    * para disgusto de = to the disgust of.
    * para divertirse = for kicks.
    * para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para el año próximo = for the year ahead.
    * para el arrastre = over the hill.
    * para el beneficio de = for the benefit of.
    * para el bien de = for the benefit of.
    * para el caso = for that matter.
    * para el esparcimiento = recreational.
    * para el futuro = for the years to come, for the years ahead, for the future.
    * para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.
    * para ello = to that end, to this end, to that effect, therefor.
    * para el ocio = recreational.
    * para el que lo quiera = up for grabs.
    * para embalsamar = embalming.
    * para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.
    * para entonces = by then.
    * para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.
    * para eso = therefor.
    * para este fin = to this end.
    * para esto = therefor.
    * para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * para expresar dimensiones = by.
    * para + Fecha = by + Fecha.
    * para finales de = by the end of.
    * para finales de + Expresión Temporal = by the close of + Expresión Temporal.
    * para finalizar = in closing.
    * para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].
    * para futuras consultas = for future reference.
    * para hacer dinero = money-making.
    * para hacer esto = in this.
    * para hacer fundas = sleeving.
    * para hacer juego = to match.
    * para hacer justicia = in fairness to.
    * para hacer las paces = peace offering.
    * para hacerlo + Adjetivo = for + Nombre's sake.
    * para hacer más fácil = for ease of.
    * para impresionar = for effect.
    * para + Infinitivo = for + Gerundio.
    * para jóvenes = youth-serving.
    * para la eternidad = in perpetuity.
    * para la evaluación de hipótesis = hypothesis-testing.
    * para la formación autodidacta = self-instructional.
    * para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.
    * para la posteridad = for posterity.
    * para la web = Web-related.
    * para llamar la atención = for effect.
    * para mantener ocupado = keep-busy.
    * para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.
    * para más información = for further details.
    * para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para mayor información sobre = for details of.
    * para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.
    * para mayor inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para mí = for myself.
    * para microordenadores = micro-computer based.
    * para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.
    * para no = so as not to.
    * para + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * para no ser menos = not to be outdone.
    * para novias = bridal.
    * para + Número = seat + Número.
    * para ordenadores personales = microcomputer-based, PC-based.
    * para orquesta = orchestral.
    * para otra ocasión = for future reference.
    * para para lavarse la cara = washrag.
    * para partirse de risa = side-splitting.
    * para PCs = PC-based.
    * para pelearse hacen falta dos = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.
    * para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.
    * para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.
    * para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.
    * para + Posesivo + sorpresa = to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.
    * para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.
    * para + Pronombre Personal = in + Posesivo + eyes.
    * para protegerse = protectively.
    * para que = in order that, so that, seeing that.
    * para que así conste = for the record.
    * para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.
    * para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.
    * para que no falte = for good measure.
    * para que no falte de nada = for good measure.
    * para que no + Subjuntivo = if + Nombre + be not + to + Infinitivo, lest + Frase Verbal.
    * para que no vaya a faltar = for good measure.
    * para que quede constancia = for the record.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.
    * para resumir = to sum up, to sum it up, to make a long story short, to recap, to cut a long story short, simply put, simply stated.
    * para ser específico = to be specific.
    * para ser franco = to be blunt, in all honesty.
    * para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.
    * para ser sincero = to be blunt, to be honest, in all honesty.
    * para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.
    * para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.
    * para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.
    * para sorpresa + Posesivo = to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.
    * para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.
    * para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.
    * para terminar = in closing.
    * para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.
    * para toda la industria = industry-wide.
    * para toda la universidad = university-wide.
    * para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.
    * para todo el mercado = industry-wide.
    * para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.
    * para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].
    * para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.
    * para todo uso = all-purpose.
    * para tomar medidas = for action.
    * para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.
    * para una única ocasión = one-time.
    * para un futuro mejor = for a better future.
    * para uso comercial = commercially-owned.
    * para uso del profesional = professional-use.
    * para uso industrial = heavy-duty.
    * para uso personal = for personal use.
    * para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.
    * para vergüenza + Pronombre Posesivo = to + Posesivo + shame.
    * sin parar = interminably.
    * * *
    1) (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for

    ¿para qué revista escribes? — what magazine do you write for?

    ¿para qué sirve esto? — what's this (used) for?

    ¿para qué lo quieres? — what do you want it for?

    ¿para qué se lo dijiste? — what did you tell him for?

    que para qué decirte/hablar — (fam)

    tenían un hambre que para qué decirte/hablar — they were starving

    2)

    para + inf — to + inf

    3)

    para que + subj: lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me; pídeselo - ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it - so he can say no?; cierra para que no nos oigan — close the door so (that) they don't hear us

    para + inf: soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it; bastante tengo yo (como) para estar ocupándome de ti I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with yours as well; es (como) para matarlo! (fam) I'll kill him! (colloq); para que + subj: basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa — he only has to appear for her to get flustered

    6) (en comparaciones, contrastes)

    para lo que come, no está gordo — considering how much he eats, he's not fat

    para el caso que me hacen...! — for all the notice they take of me...

    para + inf: para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent; ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?; para que + subj: es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own; tanto esforzarme por ellos para que no te lo agradezcan! — after all that effort I made for them they didn't even say thankyou!

    7)

    estar para algo/+ inf — ( indicando estado)

    para mí que no viene — if you ask me, he won't come

    para su padre, es un genio — in his father's opinion o as far as his father's concerned, he is a genius

    ¿qué es lo más importante para ti? — what's the most important thing for you?

    9)

    empuja para arriba — push up o upward(s)

    ¿vas para el centro? — are you going to o toward(s) the center?

    va para los 50 años — she's going o (BrE) getting on for fifty

    a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo)

    ¿cuánto te falta para terminar? — how much have you got left to do?

    ¿para cuándo espera? — when is the baby due?

    b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to
    11)

    tengo para rato — (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)

    esto va para largo — (fam) this is going to take some time

    ¿qué le regalo para el cumpleaños? — what can I give him for his birthday?

    se fue para nunca volver — (liter) she went away never to return

    * * *
    = for, for, for the sake of, in order to, in respect of, in the interest(s) of, in the interest(s) of, so as, toward(s), within, in an attempt to, in an effort to, for purposes of, in a bid to, as a means of, in a drive to, in the drive to, if + Nombre + be + to.

    Ex: For newly created authority entries the date recorded is the date the entry was created.

    Ex: This gamut of information presents the indexer and user with problems in choosing access points for conference proceedings.
    Ex: The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.
    Ex: Any attempt to organise knowledge must, in order to justify the effort of organisation, have an objective.
    Ex: It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.
    Ex: In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.
    Ex: In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.
    Ex: A catalogue code is a systematic arrangement of laws and statutes so as to avoid inconsistency and duplication in catalogues.
    Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.
    Ex: Most data base producers have in-house guidelines for bibliographic description, and aim to achieve consistency of citation within their products.
    Ex: The first treaty of all was designed to pool the coal and steel resources of Europe in an attempt to overcome the devastation of the Second World War and to foster the concept of European unity.
    Ex: Many libraries have had fine free days or weeks in an effort to entice strayed material back.
    Ex: This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.
    Ex: In a bid to leapfrog stages of development, some transitional economies are investing heavily in building up information age infrastructures.
    Ex: The idea of tiered, or multilayered, citation is proposed as a means of testing this hypothesis = Se propone la idea de citar de una forma estratificada o por niveles para comprobar esta hipótesis.
    Ex: The library has contracted out the management of its computerized information system to Dynix in a drive to improve library service.
    Ex: The story of the postwar diner suggests some ways that purveyors of consumer commodities finessed and exploited emergent social dislocations in the drive to expand and diversify markets.
    Ex: Some foods such as vegetable preserves which result from complicated and fragile fermentations must be made at specific times of the year if they are to succeed.
    * ¿para qué sirve... ? = what's the use of... ?.
    * para abrir boca = as a kind of + appetiser.
    * para actuar = for action.
    * para alguna gente = to some people.
    * para algunas personas = to some people.
    * para algunos = to some.
    * para aquel entonces = by then.
    * para atraer al cliente = window dressing.
    * para beneficio de = for the good of.
    * para bien = for the best, for the better.
    * para bien de = in the best interests of, for the good of.
    * para bien de Alguien = in + Posesivo + best interest.
    * para bien o para mal = for better or (for) worse, for good or (for) ill, for good or (for) evil.
    * para bodas = bridal.
    * para chuparse los dedos = scrumptious, yummy [yummier -comp., yummiest -sup.].
    * para cocinar uno mismo = self-catering.
    * para colmo = into the bargain, into the bargain, to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse, for good measure, to add insult to injury.
    * para colmo de males = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para concluir = in closing, in conclusion, to wrap things up.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para cuando = by the time.
    * para cubrir gastos = on a cost-recovery basis.
    * para cubrirse las espaldas = as a backup.
    * para decir la verdad = to be honest.
    * para detrimento de = to the neglect of.
    * para diario = everyday.
    * para disgusto de = to the disgust of.
    * para divertirse = for kicks.
    * para echar sal en la herida = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para el año próximo = for the year ahead.
    * para el arrastre = over the hill.
    * para el beneficio de = for the benefit of.
    * para el bien de = for the benefit of.
    * para el caso = for that matter.
    * para el esparcimiento = recreational.
    * para el futuro = for the years to come, for the years ahead, for the future.
    * para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.
    * para ello = to that end, to this end, to that effect, therefor.
    * para el ocio = recreational.
    * para el que lo quiera = up for grabs.
    * para embalsamar = embalming.
    * para empeorar las cosas = to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * para empezar = for one, initially, to start with, to begin with, for starters, first off.
    * para entonces = by then.
    * para escribir con mayúsculas = in a shifted position.
    * para eso = therefor.
    * para este fin = to this end.
    * para esto = therefor.
    * para evitar su uso indebido por los niños = childproof.
    * para expresar dimensiones = by.
    * para + Fecha = by + Fecha.
    * para finales de = by the end of.
    * para finales de + Expresión Temporal = by the close of + Expresión Temporal.
    * para finalizar = in closing.
    * para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].
    * para futuras consultas = for future reference.
    * para hacer dinero = money-making.
    * para hacer esto = in this.
    * para hacer fundas = sleeving.
    * para hacer juego = to match.
    * para hacer justicia = in fairness to.
    * para hacer las paces = peace offering.
    * para hacerlo + Adjetivo = for + Nombre's sake.
    * para hacer más fácil = for ease of.
    * para impresionar = for effect.
    * para + Infinitivo = for + Gerundio.
    * para jóvenes = youth-serving.
    * para la eternidad = in perpetuity.
    * para la evaluación de hipótesis = hypothesis-testing.
    * para la formación autodidacta = self-instructional.
    * para la gestión de información textual = text-handling.
    * para la posteridad = for posterity.
    * para la web = Web-related.
    * para llamar la atención = for effect.
    * para mantener ocupado = keep-busy.
    * para mantener(se) ocupado = keep-busy.
    * para más información = for further details.
    * para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para mayor información sobre = for details of.
    * para mayor información véase + Nombre = see + Nombre + for further details.
    * para mayor inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para mí = for myself.
    * para microordenadores = micro-computer based.
    * para nada = in vain, to no avail, without any avail, vainly, of no avail.
    * para no = so as not to.
    * para + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * para no ser menos = not to be outdone.
    * para novias = bridal.
    * para + Número = seat + Número.
    * para ordenadores personales = microcomputer-based, PC-based.
    * para orquesta = orchestral.
    * para otra ocasión = for future reference.
    * para para lavarse la cara = washrag.
    * para partirse de risa = side-splitting.
    * para PCs = PC-based.
    * para pelearse hacen falta dos = it takes two to tangle, it takes two to tango, it takes two to make a quarrel.
    * para personas con intereses similares = birds-of-a-feather.
    * para + Posesivo + disgusto = to + Posesivo + chagrin.
    * para + Posesivo + gran sorpresa = much to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para + Posesivo + propio bien = for + Posesivo + own good.
    * para + Posesivo + sorpresa = to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para posteriores usos = for subsequent use.
    * para principios de siglo = by the turn of the century.
    * para + Pronombre Personal = in + Posesivo + eyes.
    * para protegerse = protectively.
    * para que = in order that, so that, seeing that.
    * para que así conste = for the record.
    * para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.
    * para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.
    * para que no falte = for good measure.
    * para que no falte de nada = for good measure.
    * para que no + Subjuntivo = if + Nombre + be not + to + Infinitivo, lest + Frase Verbal.
    * para que no vaya a faltar = for good measure.
    * para que quede constancia = for the record.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.
    * para resumir = to sum up, to sum it up, to make a long story short, to recap, to cut a long story short, simply put, simply stated.
    * para ser específico = to be specific.
    * para ser franco = to be blunt, in all honesty.
    * para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.
    * para ser sincero = to be blunt, to be honest, in all honesty.
    * para siempre = forever, in perpetuity, for good, eternally, terminally, ever after.
    * para siempre en el futuro = for the indefinite future.
    * para sorpresa de todos = to everyone's surprise.
    * para sorpresa + Posesivo = to + Posesivo + surprise.
    * para su fácil + Nombre = for ease of + Nombre.
    * para su posterior uso = for subsequent use.
    * para su uso posterior = for subsequent use.
    * para terminar = in closing.
    * para toda la empresa = company-wide, enterprise-wide.
    * para toda la industria = industry-wide.
    * para toda la universidad = university-wide.
    * para toda la vida = lifelong [life-long], for life.
    * para todo el mercado = industry-wide.
    * para todos los efectos prácticos = for all practical purposes.
    * para todos por igual = across the board [across-the-board].
    * para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.
    * para todo uso = all-purpose.
    * para tomar medidas = for action.
    * para trabajos pesados = heavy-duty.
    * para una única ocasión = one-time.
    * para un futuro mejor = for a better future.
    * para uso comercial = commercially-owned.
    * para uso del profesional = professional-use.
    * para uso industrial = heavy-duty.
    * para uso personal = for personal use.
    * para usos posteriores = for subsequent use.
    * para vergüenza + Pronombre Posesivo = to + Posesivo + shame.
    * sin parar = interminably.

    * * *
    A (expresando destino, finalidad, intención) for
    tengo buenas noticias para ustedes I have some good news for you
    ¿para qué revista escribes? what magazine do you write for?
    lee para ti read to yourself
    fue muy amable para con todos he was very friendly to everyone
    ¿para qué sirve esto? what's this (used) for?
    no sirve para este trabajo he's no good at this kind of work
    ¿para qué lo quieres? what do you want it for?
    ¿para qué tuviste que ir a decírselo? what did you have to go and tell him for?, why did you have to go and tell him?
    champú para bebés baby shampoo
    jarabe para la tos cough mixture
    que para qué (decirte/hablar) ( fam): hacía un frío que para qué (decirte) it was freezing cold ( colloq)
    venían con un hambre que para qué (hablar) or para qué te voy a contar they were starving o so hungry when they got here!
    B para + INF to + INF
    está ahorrando para comprarse un coche she's saving up for a car o to buy a car
    esta agua no es para beber this isn't drinking water
    está listo para pintar it's ready to be painted o for painting
    para serte sincero to tell you the truth
    como para convencerse a sí misma as if to convince herself
    para pasar al curso siguiente (in order) to go on to the next year
    no hay que ser muy inteligente para darse cuenta you don't have to be very intelligent to realize that
    nos cambiamos de sitio para ver mejor we changed places (so as) to see better
    para no + INF so as not to + INF
    entró en puntillas para no despertarla he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her
    C para QUE + SUBJ:
    lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me
    pídeselo — ¿para qué? ¿para que me diga que no? ask him for it — what for? so he can say no?
    para QUE no + SUBJ:
    cierra la puerta para que no nos oigan close the door so (that) they don't hear us
    D
    1
    (enfatizando la culminación de algo): para colmo or para rematarla se apagó la luz to crown o top o cap it all the light went out
    2 (expresando efecto, consecuencia) to
    para su desgracia unfortunately for him
    para mi gran sorpresa to my great surprise, much to my surprise
    no había bastante para todos there wasn't enough for everybody o to go round
    tranquilízate, no es para tanto calm down, it's not that bad
    para + INF:
    apenas tienen para comer they can barely afford to eat
    soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it
    bastante tengo yo con mis problemas (como) para estar ocupándome de los suyos I've enough problems of my own without having to deal with his as well
    ¡es (como) para matarlo! ( fam); I'll kill him! ( colloq)
    para QUE + SUBJ:
    basta que yo diga A para que él diga B if I say it's black, he'll say it's white
    basta con que él aparezca para que ella se ponga nerviosa he only has to walk in and she gets flustered
    B
    (en comparaciones, contrastes): hace demasiado calor para estar al sol it's too hot to be in the sun
    son altos para su edad they're tall for their age
    para lo que come, no está nada gordo considering how much he eats, he's not at all fat
    díselo tú — ¡para el caso que me hacen …! you tell them — for all the notice they take of me …
    para + INF:
    para haber sido improvisado fue un discurso excelente for an off-the-cuff speech it was excellent, considering it was completely off the cuff it was an excellent speech
    ¿quién se cree que es para hablarte así? who does she think she is, speaking to you like that o to speak to you like that?
    para QUE + SUBJ:
    son demasiado grandes para que les estés haciendo todo they're too old for you to be doing everything for them
    para que se esté quejando todo el día … if he's going to spend all day complaining …
    ¡tanto preocuparse por ellos para que después hasta te acusen de metomentodo! all that worrying about them and then they go and accuse you of being a meddler!
    C estar para algo/+ INF
    (indicando estado): mira que no estoy para bromas look, I'm in no mood for joking o for jokes
    estas botas están para tirarlas a la basura these boots are only fit for throwing out o for the trash o ( BrE) for the bin
    no está (como) para salir tan de veranillo it's not warm enough to go out in such summery clothes
    D
    (expresando opiniones, puntos de vista): para mí que ya no viene if you ask me, he won't come now
    para el padre, el niño es un Mozart en ciernes in the father's opinion o as far as the father's concerned, the boy is a budding Mozart
    tú eres todo para mí you're everything to me
    ¿para ti qué es lo más importante? what's the most important thing for you?, what do you see as the most important thing?
    esto es de gran interés para el lector this is of great interest to the reader
    A
    (indicando dirección): salieron para el aeropuerto they left for the airport
    empuja para arriba push up o upward(s)
    ¿vas para el centro? are you going to o toward(s) the center?
    se los llevó para la casa de los abuelos she took them over to their grandparents' house
    tráelo para acá/adentro bring it over here/inside
    B
    (en sentido figurado): ya vamos para viejos we're getting old o ( colloq) getting on
    va para los 50 años she's pushing fifty ( colloq), she's going o ( BrE) getting on for fifty ( colloq)
    A
    (señalando un plazo): tiene que estar listo para el día 15 it has to be ready by o for the 15th
    ¿qué deberes tienes para el lunes? what homework do you have for Monday?
    faltan cinco minutos para que termine la clase there are five minutes to go before the end of the class
    me lo prometió para después de Pascua he promised I could have it after Easter, he promised it to me for after Easter
    ¿cuánto te falta para terminar? how much have you got left to do?, how long will it take you to finish it?
    B
    1
    (indicando fecha aproximada): piensan casarse para finales de agosto they plan to marry sometime around the end of August
    para entonces quién sabe si todavía estaremos vivos who knows if we'll still be alive (by) then?
    ¿para cuándo espera? when is the baby due?
    tengo hora para mañana I have an appointment (for) tomorrow
    C
    1
    (expresando duración): para siempre forever
    tengo para rato ( fam); I'm going to be a while (yet), this is going to take me a while (yet)
    esto va para largo ( fam); this is going to take some time
    ¿qué le puedo regalar para el cumpleaños? what can I give him for his birthday?
    D ( liter)
    (en secuencias de acciones): se fue para nunca volver she went away never to return
    fue puesto en libertad, para más tarde volver a ser detenido he was set free only to be rearrested later, he was set free but was rearrested later
    * * *

     

    Del verbo parar: ( conjugate parar)

    para es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Del verbo parir: ( conjugate parir)

    para es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    para    
    parar    
    parir
    para preposición
    1 (destino, finalidad, intención) for;

    ¿para qué sirve esto? what's this (used) for?;
    champú para bebés baby shampoo;
    para eso no voy I might as well not go;
    para + inf: ahorra para comprarse un coche he's saving up to buy a car;
    tomé un taxi para no llegar tarde I took a taxi so I wouldn't be late;
    está listo para pintar it's ready to be painted o for painting;
    para aprobar (in order) to pass;
    entró en puntillas para no despertarla he went in on tiptoe so as not to wake her;
    lo dice para que yo me preocupe he (only) says it to worry me;
    cierra para que no nos oigan close the door so (that) they don't hear us
    2


    no es para tanto it's not that bad;
    soy lo bastante viejo (como) para recordarlo I'm old enough to remember it
    b) (en comparaciones, contrastes):


    son altos para su edad they're tall for their age;
    para lo que come, no está gordo considering how much he eats, he's not fat;
    ¿quién es él para hablarte así? who does he think he is, speaking to you like that ?;
    es mucho para que lo haga sola it's too much for you to do it on your own
    1 ( dirección):

    empuja para arriba push up o upward(s);
    ¿vas para el centro? are you going to o toward(s) the center?
    2 ( tiempo)
    a) (señalando una fecha, un plazo):

    ◊ estará listo para el día 15 it'll be ready by o for the 15th;

    deberes para el lunes homework for Monday;
    faltan cinco minutos para que termine there are five minutes to go before the end;
    me lo prometió para después de Pascua he promised me it for after Easter;
    ¿cuánto te falta para terminar? how much have you got left to do?;
    para entonces estaré en Madrid I'll be in Madrid (by) then;
    tengo hora para mañana I have an appointment (for) tomorrow
    b) (AmL exc RPl) ( al decir la hora) to;


    c) ( duración):


    tengo para rato (fam) I'm going to be a while (yet)
    parar ( conjugate parar) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( detenerse) to stop;

    ir/venir a para to end up;
    fue a para a la cárcel he ended up in prison;
    ¿a dónde habrá ido a para aquella foto? what can have happened to that photo?;
    ¡a dónde iremos a para! I don't know what the world's coming to
    2 ( cesar) to stop;

    ha estado lloviendo sin para it hasn't stopped raining;
    no para quieto ni un momento he can't keep still for a minute;
    no para en casa she's never at home;
    para DE + INF to stop -ing;
    paró de llover it stopped raining
    3 (AmL) [obreros/empleados] to go on strike
    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹coche/tráfico/persona› to stop;

    ‹motor/máquina› to stop, switch off
    b) ‹ hemorragia› to stanch (AmE), to staunch (BrE)

    c) ‹balón/tiro› to save, stop;

    ‹ golpe› to block, ward off
    2 (AmL)

    b) ( poner vertical) ‹vaso/libro› to stand … up;


    pararse verbo pronominal
    1 ( detenerse)

    b) [reloj/máquina] to stop;

    [coche/motor] to stall;

    2


    se paró en una silla she stood on a chair;
    ¿te puedes para de cabeza/de manos? can you do headstands/handstands?
    b) (AmL) [ pelo] ( hacia arriba) to stick up;

    ( en los lados) to stick out

    parir ( conjugate parir) verbo intransitivo [ mujer] to give birth;
    [ vaca] to calve;
    [yegua/burra] to foal;
    [ oveja] to lamb
    verbo transitivo

    b) [ mamíferos] to have, bear (frml)

    para preposición
    1 (utilidad, aptitud) for: ¿para qué tanto esfuerzo?, what's all this effort for?
    una pomada para las quemaduras, an ointment for burns
    una tijera para zurdos, a pair of scissors for left-handed people
    2 (finalidad, motivo) to, in order to: lo dijo para molestarme, she said it to annoy me
    lo hace para que te fijes en él, he does it so that you notice him
    3 (destinatario) for: es para mamá, it's for mum
    hablaba para los votantes indecisos, he spoke to the undecided voters
    es muy atento para con ella, he's very obliging towards her
    4 (opinión) para Paco todas las mujeres son guapas, in Paco's opinion, all women are pretty
    5 (comparación, concesión) for: para ser tan joven tiene ideas muy sensatas, he has very sensible ideas for his age
    6 (rechazo) para una vez que hablo, me haces callar, the one time I speak, you shut me up
    7 (tiempo) by: estará listo para las cinco, it'll be ready by five
    para entonces, by then
    8 (a punto de) está para salir, it's about to leave
    9 (dirección) el tren para Burgos acaba de salir, the train for Burgos has just left
    iba para tu casa, I was going to your house
    Recuerda que cuando para expresa finalidad, se traduce por to o in order to (este último sólo se usa para evitar confusión): Me voy para ayudarte. I'm going in order to help you. Si usáramos sólo to significaría: Voy a ayudarte. Sin embargo, cuando después de para viene un sustantivo o un pronombre y no un verbo (esta llave es para aquella puerta), se traduce por for ( this key is for that door).
    parar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to stop: para de saltar, stop jumping
    para un momento en la farmacia, stop a minute at the chemist's
    no pares de hablar, por favor, keep talking, please
    2 (alojarse) to stay
    3 (finalizar, terminar) el cuadro fue a parar al rastro, the painting ended up in the flea market
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to stop
    2 Dep to save
    3 LAm to stand up
    ♦ Locuciones: dónde va a parar, by far: mi hija es muchísmo más inteligente que la suya, dónde va a parar, my daughter is far more intelligent than theirs
    parir verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo to give birth (to)
    ♦ Locuciones: poner a alguien a parir, to run sb down
    ' para' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abalorio
    - ablandar
    - abreviar
    - absoluta
    - absoluto
    - acá
    - aceitera
    - achuchar
    - actuación
    - adentro
    - agitador
    - agitadora
    - alcanzar
    - alfiler
    - alguna
    - alguno
    - aliento
    - alquiler
    - alta
    - amenaza
    - añadidura
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - ánimo
    - año
    - antesala
    - antirrobo
    - aplanar
    - aprovechar
    - apta
    - aptitud
    - apto
    - aquí
    - arca
    - arena
    - arrastre
    - arriba
    - arropar
    - atonía
    - atrás
    - atril
    - aunar
    - auspicio
    - baja
    - bajo
    - balde
    - bálsamo
    - bañarse
    - banco
    English:
    AA
    - ability
    - about
    - accessory
    - accommodate
    - achieve
    - activity
    - adapter
    - adaptor
    - adequate
    - adequately
    - admire
    - adult
    - advantage
    - advantageous
    - advertise
    - aftershave (lotion)
    - agitate
    - agree
    - all
    - all-out
    - allocate
    - analyst
    - antiallergenic
    - antibiotic
    - antidote
    - antihistamine
    - antipollution
    - appease
    - application
    - appointment
    - appropriate
    - aptitude
    - argue
    - arm-twisting
    - arms control
    - around-the clock
    - arrangement
    - arson
    - as
    - ASPCA
    - assailant
    - assert
    - assess
    - assume
    - astir
    - astonishment
    - attain
    - attention span
    - attractive
    * * *
    para prep
    1. [indica destino, finalidad, motivación] for;
    es para ti it's for you;
    significa mucho para mí it means a lot to me;
    “¡qué suerte!” dije para mí “how lucky,” I said to myself;
    una mesa para el salón a table for the living-room;
    desayuno para dos breakfast for two;
    crema para zapatos shoe polish;
    pastillas para dormir sleeping pills;
    están entrenados para el combate they have been trained for combat;
    estudia para dentista she's studying to become a dentist;
    esta agua no es buena para beber this water isn't fit for drinking o to drink;
    para conseguir sus propósitos in order to achieve his aims;
    lo he hecho para agradarte I did it to please you;
    me voy para no causar más molestias I'll go so I don't cause you any more inconvenience;
    te lo repetiré para que te enteres I'll repeat it so you understand;
    resulta que se divorcian para un mes más tarde volverse a casar so they get divorced, only to remarry a month later;
    para con towards;
    es buena para con los demás she is kind towards other people;
    ¿para qué? what for?;
    ¿para qué quieres un martillo? what do you want a hammer for?, why do you want a hammer?;
    ¿para qué has venido? why are you here?;
    ¿para quién trabajas? who do you work for?
    2. [indica dirección] towards;
    el próximo vuelo para Caracas the next flight to Caracas;
    ir para casa to head (for) home;
    salir para el aeropuerto to leave for the airport;
    para abajo downwards;
    para arriba upwards;
    tira para arriba pull up o upwards;
    para atrás backwards;
    échate para atrás [en asiento] lean back;
    para delante forwards;
    ya vas para viejo you're getting old;
    esta muchacha va para pintora this girl has all the makings of a painter
    3. [indica tiempo] for;
    tiene que estar acabado para mañana/para antes de Navidad it has to be finished by o for tomorrow/before Christmas;
    faltan cinco minutos para que salga el tren the train leaves in five minutes;
    tienen previsto casarse para el 17 de agosto they plan to get married on 17 August;
    llevamos comida para varios días we have enough food for several days;
    Am salvo RP
    diez para las once ten to eleven;
    Am salvo RP
    un cuarto para las once (a) quarter to eleven;
    va para un año que no nos vemos it's getting on for a year since we saw each other;
    ¿y para cuándo un bebé? and when are you going to start a family?;
    para entonces by then
    4. [indica comparación]
    tiene la estatura adecuada para su edad she is the normal height for her age;
    está muy delgado para lo que come he's very thin considering how much he eats;
    para ser verano hace mucho frío considering it's summer, it's very cold;
    para ser un principiante no lo hace mal he's not bad for a beginner;
    para lo que me ha servido… for all the use it's been to me…;
    ¡tanto esfuerzo para nada! all that effort for nothing!;
    ¿y tú quién eres para tratarla así? who do you think you are, treating her like that?;
    yo no soy quien para decir… it's not for me to say…
    5. (después de adjetivo y antes de infinitivo) [indica inminencia, propósito] to;
    la comida está lista para servir the meal is ready to be served;
    el atleta está preparado para ganar the athlete is ready to win
    6. [indica opinión] for;
    para Marx, la religión era el opio del pueblo for Marx, religion was the opium of the people;
    para mí/ti/ etc as far as I'm/you're/ etc concerned;
    para mí que no van a venir it looks to me like they're not coming;
    ¿para ti quién es más guapo? who do you think is the most handsome?
    7. [indica disposición, estado]
    no estoy para fiestas I'm not in the mood for parties;
    el abuelo no está ya para hacer viajes largos grandfather's no longer up to going on long journeys;
    ¿hace día para ir sin chaqueta? is it warm enough to go out without a jacket on?
    8. [indica consecuencia]
    para su sorpresa, para sorpresa suya to her surprise;
    para alegría de todos to everyone's delight;
    para nuestra desgracia unfortunately for us
    9. Comp
    no es/fue/ etc[m5]. para tanto it's not/it wasn't/ etc such a big deal;
    no llores, que no es para tanto don't cry, it's not such a big deal, there's no need to cry about it;
    dicen que les trataron mal, pero no fue para tanto they say they were ill-treated, but that's going a bit far;
    Fam
    que para qué: hace un calor que para qué it's absolutely boiling;
    este plato pica que para qué this dish is really hot, Br this dish isn't half hot
    * * *
    prp
    1 for;
    para mí for me
    2 dirección toward(s);
    ir para head for;
    va para directora she’s going to end up as manager
    3 tiempo for;
    listo para mañana ready for tomorrow;
    para siempre forever;
    diez para las ocho L.Am. ten of eight, ten to eight;
    para Pascua iremos de vacaciones a Lima we’re going to Lima for Easter;
    espero que para Pascua haya terminado la crisis I hope the crisis is over by Easter;
    ¿para cuándo? when for?
    :
    lo hace para ayudarte he does it (in order) to help you;
    para que so that;
    ¿para qué te marchas? what are you leaving for?;
    para eso no hace falta it’s not necessary just for that
    :
    para su edad es muy maduro he’s very mature for his age
    6
    :
    lo heredó todo para morir a los 30 he inherited it all, only to die at 30
    * * *
    para prep
    1) : for
    para ti: for you
    alta para su edad: tall for her age
    una cita para el lunes: an appointment for Monday
    2) : to, towards
    para la derecha: to the right
    van para el río: they're heading towards the river
    3) : to, in order to
    lo hace para molestarte: he does it to annoy you
    4) : around, by (a time)
    para mañana estarán listos: they'll be ready by tomorrow
    5)
    para adelante : forwards
    6)
    para atrás : backwards
    7)
    para que : so, so that, in order that
    te lo digo para que sepas: I'm telling you so you'll know
    * * *
    para prep
    4. (dirección) for / to
    5. (tiempo) by
    para mí for me / in my opinion

    Spanish-English dictionary > para

  • 6 jeune

    jeune [ʒœn]
    1. adjective
       b. [apparence, visage] youthful ; [couleur, vêtement] young
       c. ( = cadet) younger
    2. masculine noun, feminine noun
       a. ( = personne) youngster
       b. ( = animal) young animal
       c. ► donner un coup de jeune à (inf) [+ bâtiment, local] to give a face-lift to ; [+ émission] to give a new look to
    3. feminine noun
    4. adverb
    ► jeunes gens young people ; ( = garçons) boys
    ► jeune loup go-getter ; ( = politicien) young Turk
    * * *
    ʒœn
    1.
    1) ( non vieux) gén young; [industrie] new; [allure, coiffure, visage] youthful
    2) ( cadet) [frère, sœur, fils, fille, génération] younger

    2.

    3.

    faire jeune — [personne] to look young

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    ʒœn
    1. adj
    2. adv
    3. nmf

    les jeunes — young people, the young

    * * *
    A adj
    1 ( non vieux) [personne, public, clientèle] young; [animal, arbre, montagne] young; [pays, vin] young; [industrie] new; [allure, coiffure, visage] youthful; il est tout jeune he's very young; elle n'est plus très jeune she's not so young any more; un jeune garçon/homme a young boy/man; une jeune femme/personne a young woman/person; les jeunes gens young people; le jeune Sartre the young Sartre; être jeune de caractère to be young at heart; être jeune d'esprit to be young in spirit; un corps encore jeune a youthful body; des jeunes pousses young shoots; les jeunes générations the younger generation (sg); nos jeunes années our youth; le jeune âge youth;
    2 ( cadet) ( avant n) [frère, sœur, fils, fille] younger; c'est mon jeune frère he's my younger brother; leur plus jeune fille their youngest daughter; être plus jeune que qn to be younger than sb; être moins jeune que qn to be older than sb; Pline le Jeune Pliny the Younger;
    3 ( nouveau dans son état) ( avant n) [médecin, avocat] newly-qualified; [chanteur, député, champion, mère, père, équipe] new; un jeune diplômé a new graduate; être jeune dans le métier to be new to the trade; un jeune couple a young couple; le jeune marié the groom; la jeune mariée the bride; les jeunes mariés the newlyweds;
    4 ( naïf) naïve; que tu es jeune! how naïve you are!;
    5 ○( insuffisant) une bouteille pour six, c'est un peu jeune! one bottle between six people, that's not much!
    B nmf young person; c'est un jeune qui m'a répondu a young man answered me; les jeunes young people; place aux jeunes! make way for the young!; les jeunes comme les vieux young and old alike.
    C adv s'habiller jeune to wear young styles; se coiffer jeune to wear one's hair in a young style; faire jeune [personne] to look young; ça fait jeune de porter un jean wearing jeans makes you look young.
    jeune cadre dynamique dynamic young executive; jeune fille girl; jeune loup up-and-coming executive; jeune pousse (d'entreprise) startup (company); jeune premier Théât, Cin romantic lead.
    [ʒɶn] adjectif
    1. [peu avancé en âge - personne, génération, population] young
    jeune oiseau fledgling, young bird
    jeune chien puppy, young dog
    un jeune homme a young man, a youth
    a. [enfant] a boy, a youngster
    b. [adolescent] a youth, a teenager
    une jeune fille a girl, a young woman
    de jeunes enfants young ou small children
    a. [garçons] young men
    b. [garçons et filles] youngsters, young people
    je suis plus jeune que lui de deux mois I'm younger than him by two months, I'm two months younger than him
    2. [débutant]
    ‘cherchons jeune ingénieur’ ‘recently qualified engineer required’
    3. [du début de la vie] young, early
    4. [qui a l'aspect de la jeunesse - personne] young, young-looking, youthful ; [ - couleur, coiffure] young, youthful
    5. [récent - discipline, entreprise, État] new, young
    6. [vin] young, green
    [fromage] young
    7. [entreprise]
    8. (familier) [juste]
    ça fait ou c'est (un peu) jeune!
    a. [somme d'argent] that's a bit mean!
    c. [dimensions] that's a bit on the short ou small side!
    ————————
    [ʒɶn] adverbe
    [comme les jeunes]
    ————————
    [ʒɶn] nom masculin
    [garçon] young man, youngster
    ————————
    [ʒɶn] nom féminin
    [fille] (young) girl
    ————————
    jeunes nom masculin pluriel
    les jeunes d'aujourd'hui today's young people, the young people of today, the young generation

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > jeune

  • 7 ab

    ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:

    AF VOBEIS,

    Inscr. Orell. 3114;

    AF MVRO,

    ib. 6601;

    AF CAPVA,

    ib. 3308;

    AF SOLO,

    ib. 589;

    AF LYCO,

    ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):

    abs chorago,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):

    abs quivis,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:

    abs terra,

    Cato, R. R. 51;

    and in compounds: aps-cessero,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;

    and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,

    id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
    I.
    In space, and,
    II.
    Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
    I.
    Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):

    Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    fuga ab urbe turpissima,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21:

    ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,

    Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:

    illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,

    all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:

    venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
    b.
    Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:

    oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:

    quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:

    ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:

    protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 2:

    profecti a domo,

    Liv. 40, 33, 2;

    of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:

    classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,

    Liv. 8, 22, 6;

    of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,

    Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:

    legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,

    id. 24, 40, 2.
    c.
    Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):

    Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:

    libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,

    id. Att. 7, 24:

    cum a vobis discessero,

    id. Sen. 22:

    multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:

    so a fratre,

    id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:

    a Pontio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:

    ab ea,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
    B.
    Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
    1.
    Of separation:

    ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:

    abesse a domo paulisper maluit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:

    tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,

    Sall. C. 40, 5:

    absint lacerti ab stabulis,

    Verg. G. 4, 14.—
    2.
    Of distance:

    quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:

    nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,

    id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:

    hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:

    terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:

    non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):

    cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,

    Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:

    qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:

    quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:

    procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:

    tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;

    v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:

    tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,

    id. Pis. 11, 26; and:

    tam prope ab domo detineri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:

    onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,

    eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:

    duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,

    id. 37, 38, 5). —
    3.
    To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:

    picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:

    pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,

    on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:

    non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,

    at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:

    erat a septentrionibus collis,

    on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    In time.
    1.
    From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:

    Exul ab octava Marius bibit,

    Juv. 1,40:

    mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,

    immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:

    Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    ab hac contione legati missi sunt,

    immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:

    ab eo magistratu,

    after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:

    a summa spe novissima exspectabat,

    after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:

    ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:

    confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,

    Liv. 30, 36, 1:

    statim a funere,

    Suet. Caes. 85;

    and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,

    id. ib. 60:

    protinus ab adoptione,

    Vell. 2, 104, 3:

    Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,

    soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—

    Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,

    i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:

    secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,

    i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
    2.
    With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:

    ab hora tertia bibebatur,

    from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:

    infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,

    since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:

    vixit ab omni aeternitate,

    from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,

    Nep. Att. 5, 3:

    in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,

    after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:

    centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,

    since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:

    cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,

    id. Sen. 6, 19; and:

    ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,

    since, Sall. C. 47, 2:

    diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:

    quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,

    since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:

    jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,

    from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:

    cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:

    a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,

    Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:

    pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,

    from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
    b.
    Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:

    qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,

    from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:

    mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,

    a pueritia,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:

    jam inde ab adulescentia,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:

    ab adulescentia,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1:

    jam a prima adulescentia,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ab ineunte adulescentia,

    id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.

    followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:

    a primis temporibus aetatis,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    a teneris unguiculis,

    from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:

    usque a toga pura,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 5:

    jam inde ab incunabulis,

    Liv. 4, 36, 5:

    a prima lanugine,

    Suet. Oth. 12:

    viridi ab aevo,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;

    rarely of animals: ab infantia,

    Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:

    qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,

    a pausillo puero,

    id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:

    a puero,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:

    a pueris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:

    ab adulescente,

    id. Quint. 3, 12:

    ab infante,

    Col. 1, 8, 2:

    a parva virgine,

    Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:

    a parvis,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    a parvulo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:

    ab parvulis,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:

    ab tenero,

    Col. 5, 6, 20;

    and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
    B.
    In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
    1.
    In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:

    qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    hic ab artificio suo non recessit,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:

    quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:

    condicionem quam ab te peto,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:

    mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:

    si quid ab illo acceperis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:

    quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:

    ab defensione desistere,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:

    ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,

    id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:

    ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):

    qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,

    the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:

    tu nunc eris alter ab illo,

    next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:

    Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,

    next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:

    quid hoc ab illo differt,

    from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:

    hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,

    id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:

    discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,

    id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):

    quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7:

    alieno a te animo fuit,

    id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):

    subdole ab re consulit,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:

    haut est ab re aucupis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:

    non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,

    Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 1:

    ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    disputata ab eo,

    id. ib. 1, 4 al.:

    illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,

    id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:

    ita generati a natura sumus,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:

    pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,

    Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:

    niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:

    quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,

    is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:

    salvebis a meo Cicerone,

    i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:

    a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,

    i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:

    ne vir ab hoste cadat,

    Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):

    levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:

    a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 19:

    si calor est a sole,

    id. N. D. 2, 52:

    ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),

    id. Att. 16, 7, 5:

    metu poenae a Romanis,

    Liv. 32, 23, 9:

    bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,

    id. 3, 22, 2:

    ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,

    id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:

    lassus ab equo indomito,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:

    Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,

    Prop. 5, 1, 126:

    tempus a nostris triste malis,

    time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:

    vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?

    by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,

    ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),

    Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:

    si postulatur a populo,

    if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:

    deseror conjuge,

    Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;

    and in prose,

    Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:

    ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:

    (urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
    b.
    With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:

    pastores a Pergamide,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:

    Turnus ab Aricia,

    Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):

    obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,

    Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
    c.
    In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:

    (sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,

    id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
    d.
    With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:

    da, puere, ab summo,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,

    da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:

    coepere a fame mala,

    Liv. 4, 12, 7:

    cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,

    tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:

    a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
    e.
    With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:

    a foliis et stercore purgato,

    Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:

    tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:

    Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,

    Liv. 21, 11, 5:

    expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):

    ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,

    Sall. C. 32:

    ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,

    Liv. 21, 35, 12:

    ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,

    Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
    f.
    With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:

    el metul a Chryside,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:

    ab Hannibale metuens,

    Liv. 23, 36; and:

    metus a praetore,

    id. 23, 15, 7;

    v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 59:

    postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,

    you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
    g.
    With verbs of fastening and holding:

    funiculus a puppi religatus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:

    cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
    h.
    Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:

    a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,

    Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
    i.
    Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):

    id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
    j.
    Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:

    doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:

    a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:

    a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,

    a frigore laborantibus,

    Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:

    laborare ab re frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
    k.
    Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:

    ab ingenio improbus,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:

    a me pudica'st,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:

    orba ab optimatibus contio,

    Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):

    locus copiosus a frumento,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:

    sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,

    id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:

    ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,

    id. Brut. 16, 63:

    ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,

    Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;

    so often in poets ab arte=arte,

    artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
    l.
    In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:

    linguam ab irrisu exserentem,

    thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:

    ab honore,

    id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
    m.
    Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:

    ab illo injuria,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:

    fulgor ab auro,

    Lucr. 2, 5:

    dulces a fontibus undae,

    Verg. G. 2, 243.
    n.
    In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:

    scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    nonnuill ab novissimis,

    id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
    o.
    In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:

    qui sunt ab ea disciplina,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:

    ab eo qui sunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:

    nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,

    id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
    p.
    To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;

    in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,

    one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,

    a manu servus,

    a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
    q.
    The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:

    a peregre,

    Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:

    a foris,

    Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:

    ab intus,

    ib. ib. 7, 15:

    ab invicem,

    App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:

    a longe,

    Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:

    a modo,

    ib. ib. 23, 39;

    Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,

    Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:

    a sursum,

    ib. Marc. 15, 38.
    ► a.
    Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:

    Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,

    Cic. Pis. 37, 91:

    a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?

    id. Sen. 6:

    a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?

    id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:

    res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
    b.
    Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
    c.
    It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:

    a vitae periculo,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 313:

    a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,

    id. Arch. 6, 12:

    a minus bono,

    Sall. C. 2, 6:

    a satis miti principio,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4:

    damnis dives ab ipsa suis,

    Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
    d.
    The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):

    aque Chao,

    Verg. G. 4, 347:

    aque mero,

    Ov. M. 3, 631:

    aque viro,

    id. H. 6, 156:

    aque suis,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:

    a meque,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:

    abs teque,

    id. Att. 3, 15, 4:

    a teque,

    id. ib. 8, 11, §

    7: a primaque adulescentia,

    id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
    e.
    A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
    III.
    In composition ab,
    1.
    Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
    2.
    It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab

  • 8 paso

    adj.
    dried.
    intj.
    open up, gangway.
    m.
    1 passing.
    el paso del tiempo the passage of time
    con el paso de los años as the years go by
    el Ebro, a su paso por Zaragoza the Ebro, as it flows through Zaragoza
    su paso fugaz por la universidad his brief spell at the university
    abrirse paso entre la multitud to make o force one's way through the crowd
    de paso in passing; (de pasada) while I'm/you're/etc at it (aprovechando)
    paso del ecuador = (celebration marking) halfway stage in a university course
    2 step.
    dar un paso adelante o al frente to step forward, to take a step forward
    3 walk.
    a paso ligero at a brisk pace
    marcar el paso to keep time
    a este paso no acabaremos nunca at this rate we'll never finish
    4 step (etapa, acontecimiento).
    dar los pasos necesarios to take the necessary steps
    paso a paso step by step
    5 crossing (cruce).
    paso de cebra zebra crossing (British), = pedestrian crossing marked with black and white lines
    paso fronterizo border crossing (point)
    paso peatonal o de peatones pedestrian crossing
    7 step in a process, stride, move.
    8 passage, pass, crossing point.
    9 pace, walking pace.
    10 gateway.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: pasar.
    * * *
    1 (movimiento) step, footstep
    ■ ¡no des ni un paso más! don't move another step!
    3 (camino) passage, way
    4 (avance) progress, advance
    5 (trámite) step, move
    6 (de montaña) mountain pass; (de mar) strait
    \
    a cada paso at every turn
    a paso de tortuga at a snail's pace
    abrirse paso to force one's way through
    apretar el paso to hurry
    cerrarle el paso a alguien to block somebody' s way
    dar paso a (hacer posible) to pave the way for 2 (provocar) to give rise to 3 (dejar pasar) to let through, make way for 4 (pasar a) to move on to
    dar sus primeros pasos to start walking
    dar un paso en falso (al andar) to lose one's footing 2 (equivocarse) to make a false move
    estar a un paso/a dos pasos to be very close
    estar de paso to be passing through
    hacer algo de paso to do something as well
    ■ de paso, tráeme tabaco while you're there, get me some cigarettes
    no dar un paso sin... not to do a thing without...
    paso a paso step by step
    salir al paso de alguien to waylay somebody
    salir al paso de algo to forestall something
    seguirle los pasos a alguien to follow somebody close behind 2 figurado to follow in somebody's footsteps
    ceda el paso (señal) give way sign, US yield sign
    paso a nivel level crossing, US grade crossing
    paso de cebra zebra crossing
    paso de peatones pedestrian crossing
    paso elevado flyover
    * * *
    noun m.
    3) pace
    4) way
    * * *
    I
    ADJ dried
    II
    1. SM
    1) (=acción de pasar)

    el presidente, a su paso por nuestra ciudad... — the president, during his visit to our city...

    • ceder el paso — to give way, yield (EEUU)

    ceda el paso — give way, yield (EEUU)

    • dar paso a algo, el invierno dio paso a la primavera — winter gave way to spring

    • de paso, mencionaron el tema solo de paso — they only mentioned the matter in passing

    ¿puedes ir al supermercado, de paso que vas a la farmacia? — could you go to the supermarket on your way to the chemist's?

    • entrar de paso — to drop in

    • estar de paso — to be passing through

    paso del Ecuador — party or trip organized by university students to celebrate the halfway stage in their degree course

    paso franco, paso libre — free passage

    ave
    2) (=camino) way; (Arquit) passage; (Geog) pass; (Náut) strait

    ¡paso! — make way!

    • abrirse paso — to make one's way

    • cerrar el paso — to block the way

    • dejar el paso libre — to leave the way open

    • impedir el paso — to block the way

    paso a desnivel, paso a distinto nivel — (Aut) flyover, overpass (EEUU)

    paso a nivel — level crossing, grade crossing (EEUU)

    paso (de) cebra — Esp zebra crossing, crosswalk (EEUU)

    paso de peatones — pedestrian crossing, crosswalk (EEUU)

    paso elevado — (Aut) flyover, overpass (EEUU)

    paso inferior — underpass, subway

    paso subterráneo — underpass, subway

    paso superior — (Aut) flyover, overpass (EEUU)

    3) [al andar] (=acción) step; (=ruido) footstep; (=huella) footprint

    • coger el paso — to fall into step

    • dar un paso — to take a step

    ¿ha dado ya sus primeros pasos? — has she taken her first steps yet?

    • dirigir sus pasos hacia — to head towards

    • dar un paso en falso — (=tropezar) to miss one's footing; (=equivocarse) to make a false move

    • hacer pasos — (Baloncesto) to travel (with the ball)

    • volvió sobre sus pasos — she retraced her steps

    paso adelante — (lit, fig) step forward

    paso atrás — (lit, fig) step backwards

    4) (=modo de andar) [de persona] walk, gait; [de caballo] gait

    • acelerar el paso — to go faster, speed up

    • aflojar el paso — to slow down

    • apretar o avivar el paso — to go faster, speed up

    • a buen paso — at a good pace

    • establecer el paso — to make the pace, set the pace

    • a paso lento — at a slow pace, slowly

    • a paso ligero — [gen] at a swift pace; (Mil) at the double

    • llevar el paso — to keep in step, keep time

    • marcar el paso — [gen] to keep time; (Mil) to mark time

    • a paso redoblado — LAm (Mil) at the double

    • romper el paso — to break step

    paso de ambladura, paso de andadura — (Equitación) amble

    5) (=ritmo) rate, pace

    • a este paso — at this rate

    6) (=distancia)
    7) (=avance) step
    8) (Téc) [de tornillo] pitch; [de contador, teléfono] unit
    9) (Teat) ( Hist) sketch, interlude
    10) (Rel) [en procesión] float in Holy Week procession, with statues representing part of Easter story
    See:
    ver nota culturelle SEMANA SANTA in semana
    11)

    paso de armas — (Mil, Hist) passage of arms

    12) LAm (=vado) ford
    2.
    ADV softly, gently

    ¡paso! — not so fast!, easy there!

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( acción)

    de paso: están de paso they're just visiting o just passing through; de paso puedo comprar pan I can buy some bread on the way; fui a la oficina y de paso hablé con él I went to the office and while I was there I had a word with him; me pilla de paso it's on my way; y dicho sea de paso... — and incidentally...

    b) (camino, posibilidad de pasar) way

    ceda el paso — yield ( in US), give way ( in UK)

    abrirse paso — to make one's way; ( a codazos) to elbow one's way

    salir al paso de alguien — ( abordar) to waylay somebody; ( detener) to stop somebody

    2) (Geog) ( en montaña) pass

    salir del paso — to get out of a (tight) spot o (AmE) crack (colloq)

    3)
    a) (al andar, bailar) step

    andar en malos pasos — to be mixed up in shady deals

    a pasos agigantados — by leaps and bounds

    dar los primeros pasos — ( literal) to take one's first steps; ( iniciarse en algo) to start out

    dar un paso en falso — ( literal) to stumble; ( equivocarse) to make a false move

    seguir los pasos de alguien — to follow in somebody's footsteps

    b) pasos masculino plural ( en baloncesto) traveling*, steps (pl)
    4)

    vive a dos pasos de mi casa — he lives a stone's throw (away) from my house

    está a un paso de aquí — it's just around the corner/down the road from here

    b) ( avance) step forward
    c) ( de gestión) step
    5) ( en contador) unit
    6)
    a) (ritmo, velocidad)

    apretó/aminoró el paso — he quickened his pace/he slowed down

    a este paso... — at this rate...

    a paso de hormiga or tortuga — at a snail's pace

    b) (Equ)
    •
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( acción)

    de paso: están de paso they're just visiting o just passing through; de paso puedo comprar pan I can buy some bread on the way; fui a la oficina y de paso hablé con él I went to the office and while I was there I had a word with him; me pilla de paso it's on my way; y dicho sea de paso... — and incidentally...

    b) (camino, posibilidad de pasar) way

    ceda el paso — yield ( in US), give way ( in UK)

    abrirse paso — to make one's way; ( a codazos) to elbow one's way

    salir al paso de alguien — ( abordar) to waylay somebody; ( detener) to stop somebody

    2) (Geog) ( en montaña) pass

    salir del paso — to get out of a (tight) spot o (AmE) crack (colloq)

    3)
    a) (al andar, bailar) step

    andar en malos pasos — to be mixed up in shady deals

    a pasos agigantados — by leaps and bounds

    dar los primeros pasos — ( literal) to take one's first steps; ( iniciarse en algo) to start out

    dar un paso en falso — ( literal) to stumble; ( equivocarse) to make a false move

    seguir los pasos de alguien — to follow in somebody's footsteps

    b) pasos masculino plural ( en baloncesto) traveling*, steps (pl)
    4)

    vive a dos pasos de mi casa — he lives a stone's throw (away) from my house

    está a un paso de aquí — it's just around the corner/down the road from here

    b) ( avance) step forward
    c) ( de gestión) step
    5) ( en contador) unit
    6)
    a) (ritmo, velocidad)

    apretó/aminoró el paso — he quickened his pace/he slowed down

    a este paso... — at this rate...

    a paso de hormiga or tortuga — at a snail's pace

    b) (Equ)
    •
    * * *
    paso1
    1 = footstep, step, footprint, pace.

    Ex: Leforte could usually identify those footsteps easily; but today they sounded less forceful and deliberate.

    Ex: The first step in assigning intellectual responsibility to a corporate body must be a definition of a corporate body.
    Ex: In later years, the famous book mythological significance of muddy footprints introduced me to the ancient Hippopotamian culture.
    Ex: Among other buildings afire or still smoldering in eastern Baghdad today were the city hall and the National Library which was so thoroughly burned that heat still radiated 50 paces from its front doors.
    * abrir paso a = make + way (for).
    * abrirse paso = jostle, break through, elbow + Posesivo + way into, elbow into.
    * acelerar el paso = quicken + the pace, smarten + Posesivo + pace.
    * a este paso = at this rate.
    * aflojar el paso = slow down, slow up.
    * aminorar el paso = slow down, slow up.
    * a paso de tortuga = at a snail's pace.
    * a paso ligero = on the double.
    * a pasos agigantados = at an exponential rate, at exponential rates, by leaps and bounds.
    * a un paso = within a stone's throw (away/from).
    * a un paso asombroso = at an astounding pace.
    * a un paso de = a heartbeat away from.
    * a un paso rápido = at a rapid pace.
    * a un paso relajado = at a strolling pace.
    * barrera de paso a nivel = level-crossing gate.
    * caminar con paso pesado = plod (along/through).
    * ceder el paso = give + way (to), yield + the right of way.
    * contador de pasos = step counter.
    * dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.
    * dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.
    * dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.
    * dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.
    * dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).
    * dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.
    * dar un paso = make + step.
    * dar un paso adelante = step up.
    * dar un paso al frente = step up.
    * dar un paso en falso = make + a false move.
    * dar un paso hacia delante = take + a step forward, step up.
    * dejar paso = step + aside.
    * dejar paso (a) = give + way (to).
    * derecho de paso = the right of way, right of entry.
    * desandar los pasos de = retrace + Posesivo + footsteps, retrace + Posesivo + steps.
    * hacer que + Nombre + dé un paso hacia delante = take + Nombre + a/one step forward.
    * impedir el paso = block in.
    * llave de paso = spigot, faucet, tap, stopcock, stop valve.
    * llave de paso del agua = water valve.
    * llevar a cabo una serie de pasos anteriormente realizados = execute + steps.
    * obstaculizar el paso = block in.
    * otro paso más hacia + Posesivo + destrucción = another nail in + Posesivo + coffin.
    * paso adelante = step up.
    * paso a nivel = level-crossing.
    * paso a paso = one step at a time, step by step, stage by stage, stepwise.
    * paso atrás = backward step, retrograde step.
    * paso de cebra = zebra crossing.
    * paso de la gente = flow of people.
    * paso del comercio = flow of commerce.
    * Paso del Noroeste, el = North West Passage, the.
    * paso de peatones = zebra crossing, pedestrian crossing, pelican crossing.
    * paso de tortuga = snail's pace.
    * paso en falso = false move.
    * paso fronterizo = border crossing.
    * paso hacia adelante = step forward.
    * paso hacia atrás = retrograde step, step backward(s), step back.
    * paso inferior = underpass.
    * paso ininterrumpido de = steady flow of.
    * paso intermedio = half-way house, stepping stone.
    * paso peatonal = pedestrian crossing.
    * paso subterráneo = underground walkway.
    * Posesivo + primeros pasos = Posesivo + first steps.
    * preferencia de paso = the right of way.
    * primer paso = stake in the ground.
    * primer paso de, el = thin edge of the wedge, the.
    * realizar una tarea paso a paso = go through.
    * saltarse pasos intermedios = jump + steps.
    * seguir los pasos de = follow in + the footsteps of.
    * seguir + Posesivo + pasos = follow in + Posesivo + footsteps.
    * seguir unos pasos = follow + steps.
    * señal de prohibido el paso = No Entry sign.
    * ser un gran paso adelante = be half the battle.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tomar un paso decisivo = take + the plunge.
    * un paso por delante de = one step ahead of.
    * válvula de paso = stop valve, stopcock.
    * volver sobre los pasos de Uno = double-back, retrace + Posesivo + steps, retrace + Posesivo + footsteps, go back on + Posesivo + steps.

    paso2
    2 = stage, passing.

    Ex: The first stage in the choice of access points must be the definition of an author.

    Ex: Perhaps an openly expressed disbelief in his activities is one of the marks of the passing of this stage.
    * ave de paso = bird of passage.
    * cambiar con el paso del tiempo = change over + time.
    * con el paso de = with the passing of.
    * con el paso de los años = with the passing of (the) years.
    * con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, as time goes by, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * de paso = by the way, by the by(e).
    * deteriorado por el paso del tiempo = timeworn.
    * dicho sea de paso = by the way, on a sidenote, by the by(e).
    * el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.
    * en varios pasos = multi-step.
    * llave de paso = shut-off valve.
    * paso elevado = overpass.
    * paso elevado de peatones = pedestrian overpass.
    * paso elevado para peatones = pedestrian overpass.
    * paso inferior = subway.
    * paso inferior de peatones = pedestrian underpass.
    * paso inferior para peatones = pedestrian underpass.
    * paso subterráneo = underpass, subway.
    * paso subterráneo de peatones = pedestrian underpass.
    * paso subterráneo para peatones = pedestrian underpass.
    * quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.
    * resistir el paso del tiempo = stand + the test of time, withstand + the test of time, survive + the test of time, pass + the test of time.
    * válvula de paso = shut-off valve.

    paso3
    3 = transfer, transition, changeover [change-over], handover [hand-over].

    Ex: When the record transfer is complete, the catalog summary screen is shown for the new record so that the user can review and update it.

    Ex: Hierarchical relationships must be indicated in order that users may make the transition from a first access point to related terms or access points.
    Ex: The changeover has resulted in more rapid machine-editing of input and reduced costs for cataloguing.
    Ex: The author assesses the prospects of Hong Kong after the handover of the colony to China in 1997 when it will once again be competing with Shanghai as the publishing hub of the Orient.

    * * *
    A
    1
    (acción): las compuertas controlan el paso del agua the hatches control the flow of water
    a su paso por la ciudad el río se ensancha the river widens as it flows through the city
    el paso de los camiones había causado grietas en la calzada cracks had appeared in the road surface caused by the passage of so many trucks o because of all the trucks using it
    hizo frente a todo lo que encontró a su paso he faced up to every obstacle in his path
    con el paso del tiempo se desgastó la piedra the stone got worn down with time o with the passing o passage of time
    [ S ] ceda el paso yield ( in US), give way ( in UK)
    [ S ] prohibido el paso no entry
    al paso (en ajedrez) en passant
    de paso: no viven aquí, están de paso they don't live here, they're just visiting o they're just passing through
    de paso puedo dejarles el paquete I can drop the package off on my way
    lo mencionó pero sólo de paso he mentioned it but only in passing
    lleva esto a la oficina y de paso habla con la secretaria take this to the office and while you're there have a word with the secretary
    te lo recogeré si quieres, me pilla de paso I'll pick it up for you if you like, it's on my way
    archiva estas fichas y de paso comprueba todas las direcciones file these cards and while you're at it o about it check all the addresses
    y dicho sea de paso … and incidentally …
    2 (camino, posibilidad de pasar) way
    abran paso make way
    se puso en medio y me cerró el paso she stood in front of me and blocked my way
    por aquí no hay paso you can't get through this way
    dejen el paso libre leave the way clear
    abrirse paso to make one's way
    el sol se abría paso entre las nubes the sun was breaking through the clouds
    consiguió abrirse paso a codazos entre la gente she managed to elbow her way through the crowd
    no te será difícil abrirte paso en la vida you won't have any problems making your way in life o getting on in life
    salir al paso de algn to waylay sb
    salir al paso de algo to forestall sth
    salir del paso to get out of a (tight) spot o ( AmE) crack ( colloq)
    Compuestos:
    grade crossing ( AmE), level crossing ( BrE)
    zebra crossing, crosswalk ( AmE)
    ( Méx) catwalk
    crosswalk ( AmE), pedestrian crossing ( BrE)
    overpass ( AmE), flyover ( BrE)
    border crossing
    (para peatones) underpass, subway ( BrE); (para vehículos) underpass
    C
    dio un paso para atrás he took a step backward(s), he stepped backward(s)
    ¡un paso al frente! one step forward!
    camina 50 pasos al norte walk 50 paces to the north
    dirigió sus pasos hacia la puerta she walked toward(s) the door
    oyó pasos en el piso de arriba she heard footsteps on the floor above
    con paso firme subió las escaleras he climbed the stairs purposefully
    no da un paso sin consultar a su marido she won't do anything without asking her husband first
    paso a paso step by step
    siguieron el juicio paso a paso they followed the trial step by step
    paso a paso se fue abriendo camino en la empresa he gradually worked his way up in the company
    me lo explicó paso por paso she explained it to me step by step
    a cada paso at every turn
    a pasos agigantados by leaps and bounds
    la informática avanza a pasos agigantados information technology is advancing by leaps and bounds, enormous strides are being made in information technology
    dar los primeros pasos (literal) to take one's first steps, start to walk; (iniciarse en algo) to start out
    dio sus primeros pasos como actor en televisión he started out o made his debut as a television actor
    dar un paso en falso (literal) to stumble; (equivocarse) to make a false move
    dar un paso en falso en política puede conducir al desastre one false move o putting one foot wrong in politics can lead to disaster
    seguir los pasos de algn to follow in sb's footsteps
    volver sobre sus pasos to retrace one's steps
    2
    (distancia corta): vive a dos pasos de mi casa he lives a stone's throw (away) from my house
    estuvo a un paso de la muerte she was at death's door
    ánimo, ya estamos a un paso come on, we're nearly there now
    está a un paso de aquí it's just around the corner o down the road from here
    de ahí a convertirse en drogadicto no hay más que un paso it's only a short step from there to becoming a drug addict
    3 (logro, avance) step forward
    el que te haya llamado ya es un paso (adelante) the fact that he's called you is a step forward in itself
    supone un gran paso en la lucha contra la enfermedad it is a great step forward o a great advance in the fight against the illness
    hemos dado los pasos necesarios we have taken the necessary steps
    5 (de baile) step
    6 pasos mpl (en baloncesto) traveling*, steps (pl)
    hacer pasos to travel
    D
    1 (de un tornillo, una rosca) pitch
    E
    1
    (ritmo, velocidad): aminoró el paso he slowed down
    al ver que la seguían apretó el paso when she realized she was being followed she quickened her pace
    el tren iba a buen paso the train was going at a fair speed
    a este paso no llegamos ni a las diez at this rate we won't even get there by ten o'clock
    a este paso te vas a poner enfermo if you carry on like this, you'll get ill, at this rate o (if you carry on) the way you're going, you'll get ill
    escribía los nombres al paso que yo se los leía she wrote down the names as I read them out to her
    a paso de hormiga or tortuga at a snail's pace
    llevar el paso to keep in step
    marcar el paso to mark time
    en ese colegio te van a hacer marcar el paso they'll make you toe the line at that school
    2 ( Equ):
    al paso at a walking pace
    Compuesto:
    paso ligero or redoblado
    a paso ligero or redoblado double quick, in double time
    paso2 -sa
    * * *

     

    Del verbo pasar: ( conjugate pasar)

    paso es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    pasó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    pasar    
    paso
    pasar ( conjugate pasar) verbo intransitivo
    1
    a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go past;

    ◊ no ha pasado ni un taxi not one taxi has come/gone past;

    los otros coches no podían paso the other cars weren't able to get past;
    no dejan paso a nadie they're not letting anyone through;
    paso de largo to go right o straight past;
    paso por la aduana to go through customs;
    es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami;
    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? does this bus go past the museum?;
    pasamos por delante de su casa we went past her house;
    pasaba por aquí y … I was just passing by o I was in the area and …

    ◊ ¿podríamos paso por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?;

    pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?;
    puede paso a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow

    ◊ paso de un lado a otro [persona/barco] to go o cross from one side to the other;


    [ humedad] to go through from one side to the other
    d) ( caber):


    2 ( entrar — acercándose al hablante) to come in;
    (— alejándose del hablante) to go in;
    ◊ pase, por favor please, do come in;

    ¡que pase el siguiente! next, please!;
    haga paso al Sr Díaz show Mr Díaz in please
    3
    a) (transmitirse, transferirse) [corona/título] to pass;


    b) ( comunicar):

    ◊ te paso con Javier ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier;


    ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
    4
    a) (Educ) to pass;

    ◊ paso de curso to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams


    ◊ no está perfecto, pero puede paso it's not perfect, but it'll do;

    por esta vez, (que) pase I'll let it pass o go this time
    5



    ver tb hacerse II 3


    ( suceder) to happen;

    lo que pasa es que… the thing o the problem is …;
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo it's always the same;
    ¿qué pasa? what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq);
    ¿qué te pasa? what's the matter with you?;
    ¿qué te pasó en el ojo? what happened to your eye?;
    ¿qué le pasa a la tele? what's wrong with the TV?;
    eso le pasa a cualquiera that can happen to anybody;
    no le pasó nada nothing happened to him
    1 ( transcurrir) [tiempo/años] to pass, go by;
    ◊ pasoon muchos años many years went by o passed;

    ya han pasado dos horas it's been two hours now;
    un año pasa muy rápido a year goes very quickly;
    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
    2 ( cesar) [crisis/mal momento] to be over;
    [ efecto] to wear off;
    [ dolor] to go away
    3 ( arreglárselas) paso sin algo to manage without sth
    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) (cruzar, atravesar) ‹ frontera› to cross;

    ‹pueblo/ciudad› to go through
    b) ( dejar atrás) ‹edificio/calle› to go past

    c) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake

    2
    a) ( hacer atravesar) paso algo POR algo to put sth through sth;


    b) (por la aduana —legalmente) to take through;

    (— ilegalmente) to smuggle
    3 ( hacer recorrer):

    pásale un trapo al piso give the floor a quick wipe;
    hay que pasole una plancha it needs a quick iron
    4 (exhibir, mostrar) ‹película/anuncio› to show
    5 ‹examen/prueba› to pass
    6 ‹página/hoja› to turn;
    ◊ paso por alto ‹falta/error› to overlook;


    ‹tema/punto› to leave out, omit
    1 (entregar, hacer llegar):

    ¿me pasas el martillo? can you pass me the hammer?
    2 ( contagiar) to give, to pass on
    1
    a) ‹ tiempo› to spend;


    fuimos a Toledo a paso el día we went to Toledo for the day


    pasa todo el día al teléfono she spends all day on the phone
    c) pasarlo or pasarla bien to have a good time;

    ◊ ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?;

    lo pasé mal I didn't enjoy myself
    2 (sufrir, padecer) ‹penalidades/desgracias› to go through, to suffer;
    ◊ pasé mucho miedo/frío I was very frightened/cold

    pasarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( cambiarse):

    2


    esta vez te has pasado (fam) you've gone too far this time
    b) ( enf) (fam) (ir):


    ¿podrías pasote por el mercado? could you go down to the market?
    3
    a) [peras/tomates] to go bad, get overripe;

    [carne/pescado] to go off, go bad;
    [ leche] to go off, go sour
    b) (recocerse) [arroz/pasta] to get overcooked

    1

    [ dolor] to go away;
    (+ me/te/le etc)
    ◊ ya se me pasó el dolor the pain's gone o eased now;

    espera a que se le pase el enojo wait until he's calmed o cooled down


    ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1
    2 (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( olvidarse):




    paso sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) ( acción):


    el paso del tiempo the passage of time;
    el paso de la dictadura a la democracia the transition from dictatorship to democracy;
    de paso: están de paso they're just visiting o just passing through;
    me pilla de paso it's on my way;
    y dicho sea de paso … and incidentally …
    b) (camino, posibilidad de pasar) way;

    ◊ abrir/dejar paso (a algn/algo) to make way (for sth/sb);

    me cerró el paso she blocked my way;
    dejen el paso libre leave the way clear;

    ( on signs) ceda el paso yield ( in US), give way ( in UK);
    ( on signs) prohibido el paso no entry;

    paso de peatones crosswalk (AmE), pedestrian crossing (BrE);
    paso a nivel grade (AmE) o (BrE) level crossing;
    paso elevado or (Méx) a desnivel overpass (AmE), flyover (BrE);
    paso subterráneo ( para peatones) underpass, subway (BrE);

    ( para vehículos) underpass;


    ( a codazos) to elbow one's way;


    ( detener) to stop sb
    2 (Geog) ( en montaña) pass;
    ◊ salir del paso to get out of a (tight) spot o (AmE) crack (colloq)

    3
    a) (al andar, bailar) step;


    oyó pasos she heard footsteps;
    entró con paso firme he came in purposefully;
    paso a paso step by step;
    seguirle los pasos a algn to tail sb;
    seguir los pasos de algn to follow in sb's footsteps

    ◊ vive a dos pasos de mi casa he lives a stone's throw (away) from my house;

    está a un paso de aquí it's just around the corner/down the road from here



    4 (ritmo, velocidad):
    ◊ apretó/aminoró el paso he quickened his pace/he slowed down;

    a este paso … at this rate …;
    a paso de hormiga or tortuga at a snail's pace;
    marcar el paso to mark time
    5 ( en contador) unit
    pasar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to pass
    2 (trasladar) to move
    3 (dar) to pass, give: no me pasó el recado, he didn't give me the message
    4 (hojas de libro) to turn
    5 (el tiempo, la vida) to spend, pass
    6 (soportar, sufrir) to suffer, endure: está pasando una crisis personal, she's going through a personal crisis
    pasamos sed y calor, we suffered thirst and heat
    7 (río, calle, frontera) to cross
    8 (tragar) to swallow
    9 (tolerar, aguantar) to bear
    10 (introducir) to insert, put through
    11 (un examen, una eliminatoria) to pass
    12 Cine to run, show: este sábado pasan Ben Hur, they're putting Ben Hur on this Saturday
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 to pass: ¿a qué hora pasa el tren?, what time does the train pass?
    Cervantes pasó por aquí, Cervantes passed this way
    ya pasó, it has already passed
    pasar de largo, to go by (without stopping)
    2 (entrar) to come in
    3 (ser tolerable) to be acceptable: no está mal, puede pasar, it isn't bad, it will do
    4 (exceder) to surpass: no pases de los 70 km/h, don't exceed 70 km/h
    5 (a otro asunto) to go on to
    pasar a ser, to become
    6 (tiempo) to pass, go by
    7 (arreglarse, apañarse) pasar sin, to do without: puedo pasar sin coche, I can manage without a car
    8 fam (no tener interés, prescindir) pasa de lo que digan, don't mind what they say
    paso de ir al cine, I'll give the cinema a miss
    9 (suceder) to happen: ¿qué pasa?, what's going on?
    ¿qué le pasa?, what's the matter with him?
    pase lo que pase, whatever happens o come what may
    ♦ Locuciones: pasar algo a limpio, to make a fair copy of sthg
    pasarlo bien/mal, to have a good/difficult time
    pasar por, to put up with: paso por que me digas que estoy gorda, pero no pienso tolerar que me amargues cada comida, I can handle you calling me fat, but I'm not having you ruin every single meal for me
    pasar por alto, to overlook: pasaré por alto esa observación, I'll just ignore that remark
    paso sustantivo masculino
    1 step: caminaban a paso ligero, they walked quickly
    (sonido de pisadas) footstep
    (de un baile) step
    2 (camino, pasillo) passage, way
    Auto ceda el paso, give way
    paso a nivel, level o US grade crossing
    paso de cebra, zebra crossing
    paso de peatones, pedestrian crossing, US crosswalk
    paso subterráneo, (para peatones) subway
    (para vehículos) underpass
    prohibido el paso, no entry
    3 (acción) passage, passing: estamos de paso en la ciudad, we are just passing through the town
    a su paso por la Universidad, when he was at University
    el lento paso de las horas, the slow passing of the hours
    4 Tel unit
    5 Geol (entre montañas) mountain pass
    6 Náut strait
    ♦ Locuciones: abrirse paso, (entre la multitud, maleza) to make one's way, (en la vida) to get ahead
    salir del paso, to get out of trouble
    a cada paso, constantly, every other minute
    ' paso' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    apretar
    - arramblar
    - atravesar
    - bando
    - bloquear
    - cabeza
    - cada
    - calamidad
    - cebra
    - ceder
    - cerrar
    - converger
    - cortar
    - dar
    - dado
    - desvirtuar
    - disfraz
    - esclarecimiento
    - estela
    - filtración
    - franca
    - franco
    - impedir
    - infierno
    - ligera
    - ligero
    - lista
    - llave
    - magín
    - mayor
    - nivel
    - obstaculizar
    - pasar
    - pasarse
    - patata
    - peatonal
    - por
    - prohibida
    - prohibido
    - rebote
    - rito
    - segura
    - seguro
    - sino
    - subterránea
    - subterráneo
    - testigo
    - tránsito
    - ver
    - vela
    English:
    ahead
    - amok
    - arrogant
    - bar
    - battle
    - begrudge
    - block
    - block in
    - break through
    - breakthrough
    - brisk
    - by
    - childhood
    - clarify
    - clear
    - coast
    - come over
    - crossing
    - crosswalk
    - dizzy
    - dwindle
    - evaluation
    - explanation
    - false move
    - faux pas
    - float
    - flyover
    - footstep
    - give
    - go by
    - going
    - graze
    - grow out of
    - hysterical
    - lazy
    - level crossing
    - life
    - lively
    - mop
    - move
    - nail
    - obstruction
    - ocean
    - overboard
    - overpass
    - pace
    - pass
    - pass along
    - pass by
    - pass through
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    1. [con el pie] step;
    [huella] footprint;
    dar un paso adelante o [m5] al frente to step forwards, to take a step forwards;
    dar un paso atrás [al andar] to step backwards, to take a step backwards;
    [en proceso, negociaciones] to take a backward step;
    aprendí unos pasos de baile I learnt a few dance steps;
    oía pasos arriba I could hear footsteps upstairs;
    se veían sus pasos sobre la nieve you could see its footprints in the snow;
    a cada paso [cada dos por tres] every other minute;
    está a dos o [m5] cuatro pasos (de aquí) it's just down the road (from here);
    vivimos a un paso de la estación we live just round the corner from o a stone's throw away from the station;
    el ruso está a un paso de hacerse campeón the Russian is on the verge of o just one small step away from becoming champion;
    a pasos agigantados at a terrific rate, at a rate of knots;
    la economía crece a pasos agigantados the economy is growing at a rate of knots;
    el SIDA se propaga a pasos agigantados AIDS is spreading like wildfire o at an alarming rate;
    la ingeniería genética avanza a pasos agigantados genetic engineering has made giant o enormous strides;
    dar un paso en falso o [m5] un mal paso [tropezar] to stumble;
    [equivocarse] to make a false move o a mistake; Fig
    no dio ni un paso en falso he didn't put a foot wrong;
    seguir los pasos a alguien [perseguir, vigilar] to tail sb;
    seguir los pasos de alguien [imitar] to follow in sb's footsteps;
    volvimos sobre nuestros pasos we retraced our steps
    2. [acción] passing;
    [cruce] crossing; [camino de acceso] way through, thoroughfare;
    con el paso del tiempo with the passage of time;
    con el paso de los años as the years go by;
    el paso de la juventud a la madurez the transition from youth to adulthood;
    su paso fugaz por la universidad his brief spell at the university;
    el Ebro, a su paso por Zaragoza the Ebro, as it flows through Zaragoza;
    la tienda está en una zona de mucho paso the shop is in a very busy area;
    también Fig
    abrir paso a alguien to make way for sb;
    abrirse paso [entre la gente, la maleza] to make one's way;
    abrirse paso en la vida/en el mundo de la política to get on o ahead in life/politics;
    ¡abran paso! make way!;
    ceder el paso (a alguien) [dejar pasar] to let (sb) past;
    [en automóvil] to Br give way o US yield (to sb);
    ceda el paso [en letrero] Br give way, US yield;
    cerrar o [m5] cortar el paso a alguien to block sb's way;
    de paso [de pasada] in passing;
    [aprovechando] while I'm/you're/ etc at it;
    de paso que vienes, tráete las fotos de las vacaciones you may as well bring the photos from your Br holiday o US vacation when you come;
    la estación me pilla de paso the station's on my way;
    estar de paso [en un lugar] to be passing through;
    prohibido el paso [en letrero] no entry;
    salir al paso a alguien, salir al paso de alguien [acercarse] to come up to sb;
    [hacer detenerse] to come and bar sb's way;
    salir al paso de algo [rechazar] to respond to sth
    paso de cebra Br zebra crossing, = pedestrian crossing marked with black and white lines; Méx paso a desnivel Br flyover, US overpass;
    paso del Ecuador [en barco] crossing the line ceremony;
    [en universidad] = (celebration marking) halfway stage in a university course;
    paso elevado Br flyover, US overpass;
    paso fronterizo border crossing (point);
    paso a nivel Br level crossing, US grade crossing;
    paso a nivel con barrera Br gated level crossing, US protected grade crossing;
    paso a nivel sin barrera Br ungated level crossing, US unprotected grade crossing;
    Chile paso bajo nivel Br subway, US underpass;
    paso peatonal o de peatones pedestrian crossing;
    paso subterráneo Br subway, US underpass
    3. [forma de andar] walk;
    [ritmo] pace;
    con paso cansino se dirigió a la puerta he walked wearily towards the door;
    a buen paso at a good rate;
    a este paso o [m5]al paso que vamos, no acabaremos nunca at this rate o at the rate we're going, we'll never finish;
    al paso [en equitación] at a walk;
    a paso lento slowly;
    a paso ligero at a brisk pace;
    Mil at the double;
    aflojar el paso to slow down;
    apretar el paso to go faster, to speed up;
    llevar el paso to keep step;
    marcar el paso to keep time;
    a paso de tortuga at a snail's pace
    Mil paso de la oca goose-step
    4. Geog [en montaña] pass;
    [en el mar] strait
    5. [trámite, etapa, acontecimiento] step;
    [progreso] step forward, advance;
    antes de dar cualquier paso siempre me pregunta she always asks me before doing anything;
    dar los pasos necesarios to take the necessary steps;
    dar los primeros pasos hacia la paz to take the first steps towards peace;
    la aprobación de una constitución supondría un gran paso para la democracia the passing of a constitution would be a big step forward for democracy;
    explícamelo paso a o [m5] por paso explain it to me step by step;
    paso a o [m5] por paso se ganó la confianza de sus alumnos she gradually won the confidence of her pupils;
    salir del paso to get out of trouble
    6. [de llamadas telefónicas, consumo eléctrico] unit
    7. [en procesión] float [in Easter procession]
    8.
    pasos [en baloncesto] travelling;
    hacer pasos to travel
    ♦ interj
    make way!
    * * *
    1 m
    1 step;
    paso a paso step by step;
    a cada paso at every step;
    a dos pasos de fig a stone’s throw (away) from;
    volver sobre sus pasos retrace one’s steps;
    un paso en falso make a false move;
    seguir los pasos a alguien follow s.o., dog s.o.’s footsteps;
    seguir los pasos de alguien follow in s.o.’s footsteps;
    pasos pl en baloncesto traveling sg, Br travelling sg ;
    2 ( manera de andar) walk
    3 ( ritmo) pace, rate;
    a este paso fig at this rate;
    al paso que vamos at the rate we’re going;
    a paso ligero at the double;
    llevar el paso MIL keep in step;
    marcar el paso MIL mark time
    4 de agua flow; de tráfico movement;
    cerrar el paso de la calle block off o close the street;
    ceda el paso yield, Br give way;
    observaba el paso del agua/de la gente he watched the water flow past/the world go by
    5 ( cruce) crossing
    6 de tiempo passing
    7 ( huella) footprint
    8 ( camino)
    :
    de paso on the way;
    estar de paso be passing through;
    dicho sea de paso and incidentally;
    ¡paso! make way!, let me through!;
    abrirse paso push one’s way through; fig carve out a path for o.s.;
    salir del paso get out of a tight spot
    2 m REL float in Holy Week procession
    * * *
    paso, -sa adj
    : dried
    ciruela pasa: prune
    paso nm
    1) : passage, passing
    de paso: in passing, on the way
    2) : way, path
    abrirse paso: to make one's way
    3) : crossing
    paso de peatones: crosswalk
    paso a desnivel: underpass
    paso elevado: overpass
    4) : step
    paso a paso: step by step
    5) : pace, gait
    a buen paso: quickly, at a good rate
    * * *
    paso n
    1. (en general) step
    2. (pisada) footstep
    4. (transcurso) passing / passage
    de paso (al mismo tiempo) while you're there / while you're about it (de camino) on your way

    Spanish-English dictionary > paso

  • 9 amplio

    adj.
    1 ample, extensive, broad, roomy.
    2 ample, generous, broad, free-handed.
    3 wide, diverse, varied.
    4 liberal-minded, liberal, tolerant, all-round.
    5 spacious, capacious.
    6 free-ranging.
    * * *
    1 (extenso) large
    2 (espacioso) roomy, spacious
    3 (ancho) wide, broad
    4 (holgado) loose
    \
    en el sentido más amplio de la palabra in the broadest sense of the word
    * * *
    (f. - amplia)
    adj.
    ample, wide, spacious
    * * *
    ADJ
    1) (=espacioso) [habitación, interior] spacious; [avenida, calle] wide
    2) [ropa] loose(-fitting), roomy *; [falda] full
    3) [margen] wide
    4) [conocimiento, vocabulario, poder, gama] wide, extensive

    un amplio surtido de productos — a wide o extensive range of products

    5) [sentido] broad
    6) [repercusión] far-reaching

    la noticia tuvo amplia difusión o amplio eco en la prensa — the news was widely o extensively reported

    7) [informe] full, detailed
    * * *
    - plia adjetivo
    a) <calle/valle/margen> wide; < casa> spacious; <vestido/abrigo> loose-fitting
    b) <criterio/sentido> broad
    c) <garantías/programa> comprehensive
    * * *
    = vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], extensive, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], wide-sweeping, widespread, broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], airy [airier -comp., airiest -sup.], ample, capacious, widespan, wide-reaching, expansive, extended, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], wide-angle(d), loose fit, roomy [roomier -comp., roomiest -sup.].
    Ex. If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.
    Ex. The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.
    Ex. Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.
    Ex. Surely these innovations already have and will continue to bring deep and wide-sweeping change to our profession - and because of their rapidity, these changes will be sudden and often tumultuous.
    Ex. Comment published so far is favourable, but the code still awaits widespread adoption.
    Ex. In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.
    Ex. In the questionnaire young people answered that the bookshops in their town were airy, well-lit and very pleasant shops to visit.
    Ex. The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex. This is an efficient method of storing large amounts of programs and data, which is faster, more reliable and much more capacious than the floppy disc.
    Ex. With no other type of structure is it possible to obtain clear, widespan coverage of almost unlimited areas, translucency to permit uniform daylight, and transportability or relocatability.
    Ex. Appraisal is the single most important function performed by an archivist because it has wide-reaching and everlasting social implications.
    Ex. The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex. The brief abstracts and extended abstracts of papers, not published in full in the proceedings, are excluded.
    Ex. Located in an isolated section of the Southwest, Los Pasos sits under the brassy sun on a wide plain below a low range of hills.
    Ex. Except for the principal no one besides the librarian has such a wide-angle view of the school's instructional programme.
    Ex. His offices and warehouses were one of the first designs which was subsequently described as loose fit, low energy building.
    Ex. With roomy interiors and flexible seating, minivans are some of the most versatile vehicles for carrying passengers and cargo.
    ----
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * demasiado amplio = overwide [over-wide].
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en su sentido más amplio = in its/their broadest sense, in its/their widest sense.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * horario de apertura más amplio = extended hours.
    * una amplia gama de = a wide variety of, a wide range of, a broad variety of, a broad range of.
    * una amplia variedad de = a broad variety of, a wide range of, a broad range of.
    * WAN (red de área amplia) = WAN (wide area network).
    * * *
    - plia adjetivo
    a) <calle/valle/margen> wide; < casa> spacious; <vestido/abrigo> loose-fitting
    b) <criterio/sentido> broad
    c) <garantías/programa> comprehensive
    * * *
    = vast [vaster -comp., vastest -sup.], extensive, large [larger -comp., largest -sup.], wide-sweeping, widespread, broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], airy [airier -comp., airiest -sup.], ample, capacious, widespan, wide-reaching, expansive, extended, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], wide-angle(d), loose fit, roomy [roomier -comp., roomiest -sup.].

    Ex: If you add to this other access points, such as collections housed in old people's homes or day centres, prisons, hospitals, youth clubs, playgroups etc the coverage is vast.

    Ex: The minutely detailed classification is of the type appropriate to an extensive collection.
    Ex: Serial searching for a string of characters is usually performed on a small subset of a large file.
    Ex: Surely these innovations already have and will continue to bring deep and wide-sweeping change to our profession - and because of their rapidity, these changes will be sudden and often tumultuous.
    Ex: Comment published so far is favourable, but the code still awaits widespread adoption.
    Ex: In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.
    Ex: In the questionnaire young people answered that the bookshops in their town were airy, well-lit and very pleasant shops to visit.
    Ex: The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex: This is an efficient method of storing large amounts of programs and data, which is faster, more reliable and much more capacious than the floppy disc.
    Ex: With no other type of structure is it possible to obtain clear, widespan coverage of almost unlimited areas, translucency to permit uniform daylight, and transportability or relocatability.
    Ex: Appraisal is the single most important function performed by an archivist because it has wide-reaching and everlasting social implications.
    Ex: The broad tree-lined streets with large Victorian homes surrounded by ample greenery on what were once the outskirts of town -- the gracious and expansive habitations of the wealthy mill and factory owners -- gradually yield to a miscellany of recent bungalows, modest cottages, and modern apartment buildings.
    Ex: The brief abstracts and extended abstracts of papers, not published in full in the proceedings, are excluded.
    Ex: Located in an isolated section of the Southwest, Los Pasos sits under the brassy sun on a wide plain below a low range of hills.
    Ex: Except for the principal no one besides the librarian has such a wide-angle view of the school's instructional programme.
    Ex: His offices and warehouses were one of the first designs which was subsequently described as loose fit, low energy building.
    Ex: With roomy interiors and flexible seating, minivans are some of the most versatile vehicles for carrying passengers and cargo.
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * demasiado amplio = overwide [over-wide].
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * en el sentido más amplio = in the broadest sense, in the widest sense.
    * en su sentido más amplio = in its/their broadest sense, in its/their widest sense.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * horario de apertura más amplio = extended hours.
    * una amplia gama de = a wide variety of, a wide range of, a broad variety of, a broad range of.
    * una amplia variedad de = a broad variety of, a wide range of, a broad range of.
    * WAN (red de área amplia) = WAN (wide area network).

    * * *
    1 ‹calle› wide; ‹valle› wide, broad; ‹casa› spacious; ‹vestido/abrigo› loose-fitting; ‹falda/manga› full
    con una amplia sonrisa with a broad smile
    2 ‹criterio› broad; ‹margen› wide
    en el sentido amplio de la palabra in the broad sense of the word
    por amplia mayoría by a large majority
    tiene amplias facultades para decidir sobre este punto he has full authority to make a decision on this point
    una amplia gama de colores a wide range of colors
    les ofrecemos las más amplias garantías we offer comprehensive guarantees o the fullest possible guarantees
    un tema que tuvo una amplia difusión an issue that received wide media coverage
    un amplio programa de reformas a full o wide-ranging o comprehensive program of reforms
    * * *

     

    Del verbo ampliar: ( conjugate ampliar)

    amplío es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    amplió es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    ampliar    
    amplio
    ampliar ( conjugate ampliar) verbo transitivo
    a) ‹local/carretera› to extend;

    ‹ negocio› to expand
    b) ‹capital/personal› to increase

    c) ‹conocimientos/vocabulario› to increase;

    ‹ explicación› to expand (on);
    ‹ campo de acción› to widen, broaden;

    d) ‹plazo/período› to extend


    amplio
    ◊ - plia adjetivo

    a) ‹calle/valle/margen› wide;

    ‹ casa› spacious;
    ‹vestido/abrigo› loose-fitting;
    ‹ sonrisa› broad
    b) ‹criterio/sentido› broad;


    una amplia gama de colores a wide range of colors
    c) ‹garantías/programa› comprehensive

    ampliar verbo transitivo
    1 (hacer más largo un plazo) to extend
    2 (hacer más grande un edificio) to enlarge
    3 (extender un negocio) to expand
    4 (una fotografía) to enlarge, to blow up
    5 (el campo de acción) to widen: los sindicatos proponen ampliar las sanciones a los defraudadores, the unions propose greater penalties for those committing fraud
    amplio,-a adjetivo
    1 large, roomy
    2 (ancho, profundo, variado) wide, broad ➣ Ver nota en ancho
    ' amplio' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    amplia
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - dilatada
    - dilatado
    - espectro
    - nave
    English:
    ample
    - extensive
    - large
    - roomy
    - spacious
    - sweep
    - vocabulary
    - wide
    - all
    - broad
    - comfortable
    - smock
    - sweeping
    * * *
    amplio, -a adj
    1. [grande] [sala, maletero] roomy, spacious;
    [avenida] wide;
    una amplio sonrisa a broad smile
    2. [ropa] loose
    3. [extenso] [explicación, cobertura] comprehensive;
    [ventaja, capacidad] considerable;
    en el sentido más amplio de la palabra in the broadest sense of the word;
    ganaron por una amplia mayoría they won with a large majority;
    hubo un amplio consenso there was a broad consensus;
    ofrecen una amplia gama de servicios they offer a wide range of services;
    gozan de una amplia aceptación they enjoy widespread approval;
    tiene una amplia experiencia she has wide-ranging experience
    4. [abierto]
    una persona de amplias miras o [m5] amplia de miras a broad-minded person
    * * *
    adj casa spacious; gama, margen wide; falda full
    * * *
    amplio, - plia adj
    : broad, wide, ample
    ♦ ampliamente adj
    * * *
    amplio adj
    1. (gama, margen) wide
    2. (valor, cantidad) large
    3. (espacioso) spacious
    4. (ropa) baggy [comp. baggier; superl. baggiest] / loose

    Spanish-English dictionary > amplio

  • 10 सु _su

    1
    सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)
    1 To press out or extract juice.
    -2 To distil.
    -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
    -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).
    -5 To bathe.
    -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.
    2
    सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--
    1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.
    -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.
    -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.
    -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.
    -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.
    -6 Worthy of respect or reverence.
    -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 having good eyes.
    -2 having keen organs, acute.
    -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
    -अच्छ a. see s. v.
    -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.
    -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.
    -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.
    -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
    - आगत see s. v.
    -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.
    -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.
    -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.
    -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (
    -क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).
    (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.
    -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.
    1 a hymn.
    -2 praise, a word of praise.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a good or friendly speech.
    -2 a good or clever saying.
    -3 a correct sentence.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 very superior.
    -2 well towards the north.
    -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
    -नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.
    -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.
    - उपसदन a. easy to be approached.
    -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.
    -कण्टका the aloe plant.
    -कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (
    -ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.
    -कण्डुः itch.
    -कन्दः 1 an onion.
    -2 a yam.
    -3 a sort of grass.
    -कन्दकः onion.
    -कर a. (
    -रा or
    -री f.)
    1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.
    -2 easy to be managed. (
    -रः) a good-natured horse. (
    -रा) a tractable cow. (
    -रम्) charity, benevolence.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.
    -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.
    -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)
    -कलिल a. well filled with.
    -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.
    -कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.
    -कल्य a. perfectly sound.
    -काण्डः the Kāravella plant.
    -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
    -काण्डिन् a.
    1 having beautiful stems.
    -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.
    -काष्ठम् fire-wood.
    -कुन्दकः an onion.
    -कुमार a.
    1 very delicate or soft, smooth.
    -2 beautifully young or youthful.
    (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.
    -2 a kind of sugar-cane.
    -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).
    -4 a kind of mustard.
    -5 the wild Cham- paka.
    (-रा) 1 the double jasmine.
    -2 the plantain.
    -3 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.
    -2 rice (शालि).
    (-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.
    -2 a particutar part of the ear.
    -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.
    -कृत् a.
    1 doing good, benevolent.
    -2 pious, virtuous, righteous.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 for- tunate, lucky.
    -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)
    1 a skilful worker.
    -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.
    -3 well made or constructed.
    -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.
    -5 virtuous, righteous, pious.
    -6 lucky, fortunate.
    (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.
    -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.
    -3 fortune, auspiciousness.
    -4 recompense, reward.
    -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 well-doing, a good act.
    -2 kindness, virtue.
    -3 practice of penance.
    -4 auspiciousness.
    -कृतिन् a.
    1 acting well or kindly.
    -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 benevolent.
    -5 fortunate, lucky.
    -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.
    -केश(स)रः the citron tree.
    -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Indra.
    -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.
    -5 of the sun.
    -6 of Soma.
    -क्रयः a fair bargain.
    -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.
    -खल्लिका luxurious life.
    -ग a.
    1 going gracefully or well.
    -2 graceful, elegant.
    -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.
    -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (
    -गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.
    (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.
    -2 happiness.
    -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.
    -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.
    -गत a.
    1 well-gone or passed.
    -2 well-bestowed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.
    -2 a secure refuge.
    -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a trader.
    (-न्धम्) 1 sandal.
    -2 small cumin seed.
    -3 a blue lotus.
    -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (
    -न्धा) sacred basil.
    -गन्धकः 1 sulphur.
    -2 the red Tulasee.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 a kind of gourd,
    -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.
    -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -गन्धि a.
    1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.
    -2 virtuous, pious.
    (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
    -न्धि n.)
    1 the root of long pepper.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला
    1 nutmeg.
    -2 areca nut.
    -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.
    -गन्धिकः 1 incense.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a kind of rice. (
    -कम्) the white lotus.
    -गम a.
    1 easy of access, accessible.
    -2 easy.
    -3 plain, intelligible.
    -गरम् cinnabar.
    -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.
    -गात्री a beautiful woman.
    -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.
    -गृह a. (
    -ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.
    -गृहीत a.
    1 held well or firmly, grasped.
    -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.
    1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.
    -ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.
    -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.
    (-वः) 1 a hero.
    -2 a swan.
    -3 a kind of weapon.
    -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -5 of Śiva.
    -6 of Indra.
    -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.
    -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.
    -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (
    -षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.
    -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)
    1 discerning or wise man, learned man.
    -2 The glomerous fig-tree.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a.
    1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.
    -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (
    -तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.
    -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (
    -ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
    -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.
    -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.
    -2 a kind of speckled snake.
    -चित्रा a kind of gourd.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
    -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.
    -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.
    -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.
    -चेतस् a.
    1 well-minded.
    -2 wise.
    -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.
    -चेलकः a fine cloth.
    -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.
    -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (
    -त्रा) the river Sutlej.
    -जन a.
    1 good, virtuous, respectable.
    -2 kind, benevolent.
    (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.
    -2 a gentleman.
    -3 N. of Indra's charioteer.
    -जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.
    -2 a number of good men.
    -3 bravery.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.
    -2 legitimate, lawfully born.
    -जलम् a lotus.
    -जल्पः 1 a good speech.
    -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥
    -जात a.
    1 well-grown, tall.
    -2 well made or produced.
    -3 of high birth.
    -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.
    -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.
    -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).
    -तनु a.
    1 having a beautiful body.
    -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.
    -3 emaciated. (
    -नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.
    -तन्त्री a.
    1 well-stringed.
    -2 (hence) melodious.
    -तपस् a.
    1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.
    -2 having great heat. (-m.)
    1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.
    -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.
    -तप्त a.
    1 greatly harassed, afflicted.
    -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.
    -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.
    -तराम् ind.
    1 bet- ter, more excellently.
    -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.
    -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.
    -4 consequently.
    -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.
    -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).
    -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.
    -2 the foundation of a large building.
    -तान a. melodious.
    -तार a.
    1 very bright.
    -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.
    -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (
    -रः) a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.
    -तिक्तकः the coral tree.
    -तीक्ष्ण a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very pungent.
    -3 acutely painful.
    (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.
    -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.
    -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.
    -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.
    -2 the culminating point of a planet.
    -तुमुल a. very loud.
    -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (
    -नः) a well-pointed arrow.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very bright, or splendid.
    -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 very sincere or upright.
    -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.
    -3 very skilful.
    -4 very polite. (
    -णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.
    -दण्डः a cane, ratan.
    -दत् a. (
    -ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.
    -दन्तः 1 a good tooth.
    -2 an actor; a dancer. (
    -न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
    -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).
    -दर्शन a. (
    -ना or
    -नी f.)
    1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.
    -2 easily seen. (
    -नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of mount Meru.
    -4 a vul- ture. (
    -नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
    -नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.
    -दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.
    -2 a woman.
    -3 an order, a command.
    -4 a kind of drug.
    -दास् a. very bountiful.
    -दान्तः a Buddhist.
    -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)
    1 a cloud.
    -2 a moun- tain.
    -3 the sea.
    -4 N. of Indra's elephant.
    -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
    -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.
    -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.
    -3 one who offers such a gift.
    -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.
    -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.
    -दिह् a. well-polished, bright.
    -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (
    -र्घा) a kind of cucumber.
    -दुराधर्ष a.
    1 very hard to get.
    -2 quite intolerable.
    -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.
    -दुरासद a. unapproachable.
    -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.
    -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.
    -दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.
    -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.
    -दुश्चर a.
    1 inaccessible.
    -2 very painful.
    -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.
    -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.
    -दूर a. very distant or remote. (
    -सुदूरम् means
    1 to a great distance.
    -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.
    -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').
    -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.
    -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.
    -देशिकः a good guide.
    -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)
    1 a good archer or bowman.
    -2 Ananta, the great serpent.
    -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.
    -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)
    1 the hall or palace of Indra.
    -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
    -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.
    -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.
    -धात a. well cleaned.
    -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -धित a. Ved.
    1 perfect, secure.
    -2 kind, good.
    -3 happy, prosperous.
    -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
    -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
    -धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः
    1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.
    -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या
    1 a woman.
    -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.
    -3 a sort of pigment.
    -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.
    -नन्दः a kind of royal palace.
    -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.
    -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.
    -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.
    -नयः 1 good conduct.
    -2 good policy.
    - नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -नाभ a.
    1 having a beautiful navel.
    -2 having a good nave or cen- tre.
    (-भः) 1 a mountain.
    -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (
    -भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.
    -नालम् a red water-lily.
    -निःष्ठित a. quite ready.
    -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (
    -तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
    -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.
    -निरूहणम् a good purgative.
    -निर्णिक्त a. well polished.
    -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).
    -निहित a. well-established.
    -नीत a.
    1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.
    -2 polite, civil.
    (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.
    -2 good policy or prodence.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.
    -2 good policy.
    -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
    -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.
    (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.
    -3 Ved. a good leader.
    -नील a. very black or blue. (
    -लः) the pomegranate tree. (
    -ला) common flax.
    (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.
    -नु n. water.
    -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.
    -पक्व a.
    1 well-cooked.
    -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (
    -क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.
    -पठ a. legible.
    -पत्नी a woman having a good husband.
    -पत्र a.
    1 having beautiful wings.
    -2 well-feathered (an arrow).
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 a good course.
    -3 good conduct.
    -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.
    -पद्मा orris root.
    -परीक्षित a. well-examined.
    -पर्ण a. (
    -र्णा or
    -र्णी f.)
    1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.
    -2 having good or beautiful leaves.
    (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.
    -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.
    -3 any supernatural bird.
    -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.
    -5 a cock.
    -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.
    -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.
    -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.
    -पर्णा, -पर्णी f.
    1 a number of lotuses.
    -2 a pool abounding in lotuses.
    -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
    -पर्यवदात a. very clean.
    -पर्याप्त a.
    1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.
    -2 well-fitted.
    -पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)
    1 a bam- boo.
    -2 an arrow.
    -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.
    -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).
    -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.
    -पलायित a.
    1 completely fled or run away.
    -2 skilfully retreated.
    -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).
    -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.
    -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
    -पाद् (
    -पाद् or
    -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.
    -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).
    -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
    -पालि a. distinguished.
    -पीतम् 1 a carrot.
    -2 yellow sandal. (
    -तः) the fifth Muhūrta.
    -पुंसी a woman having a good husband.
    -पुरम् a strong fortress.
    -पुष्प a. (
    -ष्पा or
    -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.
    (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (
    -ष्पी) the plantain tree.
    (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.
    -2 the menstrual excretion.
    -पुष्पित a.
    1 well blossomed, being in full flower.
    -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.
    -पूर a.
    1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.
    -2 well-filling. (
    -रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).
    -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.
    -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.
    -2 public, notorious.
    -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.
    -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a.
    1 standing well.
    -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.
    (-ष्ठा) 1 good position.
    -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.
    -3 esta- blishment, erection.
    -4 installation, consecration.
    -प्रतिष्ठित a.
    1 well-established.
    -2 consecrated.
    -3 ce- lebrated. (
    -तः) the Udumbara tree.
    -प्रतिष्णात a.
    1 thoroughly purified.
    -2 well-versed in.
    -3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.
    -प्रतीक a.
    1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.
    -2 having a beau- tiful trunk.
    (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
    -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.
    -प्रपाणम् a good tank.
    -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (
    -भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.
    -2 the earliest dawn.
    -प्रभावः omnipotence.
    -प्रमाण a. large-sized.
    -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.
    -प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.
    -2 close contact.
    -3 dexterity.
    -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.
    -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.
    -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (
    -दः) N. of Śiva.
    -प्रातम् a fine morning.
    -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (
    -यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.
    (-या) 1 a charming woman.
    -2 a beloved mistress.
    -प्रौढा a marriageable girl.
    -फल a.
    1 very fruitful, very productive.
    -2 very fertile.
    (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.
    -2 the jujube.
    -3 the Karṇikāra tree.
    -4 a kind of bean.
    (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.
    -2 the plan- tain tree.
    -3 a variety of brown grape.
    -4 colocynth.
    -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः sesamum.
    -बभ्रु a. dark-brown.
    -बल a. very powerful.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the father of Śakuni.
    -बान्धवः N. of Śiva.
    -बाल a. very childish.
    -बाहु a.
    1 handsome- armed.
    -2 strong-armed. (
    -हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.
    -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy.
    -बोध a.
    1 easily apprehended or understood. (
    -धः) good information or advice.
    -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
    -भग a.
    1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.
    -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.
    -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.
    -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.
    -5 illustrious.
    (-गः) 1 borax.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Champaka tree.
    -4 red amarnath. (
    -गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.
    1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.
    -2 vain, flattering oneself.
    -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.
    -2 an honoured mother.
    -3 a kind of wild jasmine.
    -4 turmeric.
    -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.
    -6 the holy basil.
    -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.
    -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.
    -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.
    -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.
    -भट्टः a learned man.
    -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (
    -द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (
    -द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
    -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.
    -2 the Bilva tree.
    -भाषित a.
    1 spoken well or eloquent.
    (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.
    -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.
    -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).
    -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.
    -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
    -भीरकः the Palāśa tree.
    -भीरुकम् silver.
    -भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.
    -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.
    -भूतिकः the Bilva tree.
    -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.
    -भृत a.
    1 well-paid.
    -2 heavily laden.
    -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
    -भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)
    -मङ्गल a.
    1 very auspicious.
    -2 abounding in sacrifices.
    -मति a. very wise. (
    -तिः f.)
    1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.
    -2 a favour of the gods.
    -3 a gift, blessing.
    -4 a prayer, hymn.
    -5 a wish or desire.
    -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.
    -मदनः the mango tree.
    -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.
    -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
    -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.
    -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.
    (-नः) 1 wheat.
    -2 the thorn-apple. (
    -ना) the great-flowered jasmine.
    -मनस् a.
    1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.
    -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence
    -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)
    1 a god, divinity.
    -2 a learned man.
    -3 a student of the Vedas.
    -4 wheat.
    -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)
    1 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.
    -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.
    -मन्तु a.
    1 advising well.
    -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.
    -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.
    -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.
    -मर्दित a. much harassed.
    -मर्षण a. easy to be borne.
    -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.
    -मुख a. (
    -खा or
    -खी f.)
    1 having a beautiful face, lovely.
    -2 pleasing.
    -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.
    -4 favour- able, kind.
    -5 well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.
    (-खः) 1 a learned man.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.
    -4 of Śiva.
    (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.
    -2 a kind of building.
    (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.
    -2 a mirror.
    -मूलकम् a carrot.
    -मृत a. stone-dead.
    -मेखलः the Muñja grass.
    -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.
    -मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -यन्त्रित a.
    1 well-governed.
    -2 self-controlled.
    -यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.
    -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.
    -यामुनः 1 a palace.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -युक्तः N. of Śiva.
    -योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.
    -2 good opportunity.
    -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
    -रक्त a.
    1 well coloured.
    -2 im- passioned.
    -3 very lovely.
    -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.
    -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.
    -2 a kind of mango tree.
    -रङ्गः 1 good colour.
    -2 the orange.
    -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.
    -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.
    -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.
    -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.
    -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.
    -रत a.
    1 much sported.
    -2 playful.
    -3 much enjoyed.
    -4 compassionate, tender.
    (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.
    -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली
    1 a female messenger, a go-between.
    -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.
    -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.
    -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.
    -2 sweet.
    -3 elegant (as a composition). (
    -सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (
    -सा) N. of Durgā. (
    -सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.
    (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.
    -2 fragrant grass.
    -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)
    1 a good king.
    -2 a divinity.
    -राजिका a small house-lizard.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.
    -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
    -रूप a.
    1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.
    -2 wise, learned. (
    -पः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.
    -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.
    -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (
    -भम्) tin.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.
    -2 fortunate.
    (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.
    -2 a good or auspicious mark.
    -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.
    -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.
    -लभ a.
    1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.
    -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.
    -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.
    -लिखित a. well registered.
    -लुलित a.
    1 moving playfully.
    -2 greatly hurt, injured.
    -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.
    -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.
    -लोहकम् brass.
    -लोहित a. very red. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.
    -2 correct utterance. (
    -क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.
    -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.
    -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.
    -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.
    -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.
    -2 linseed.
    -वर्चसः N. of Śiva.
    -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.
    -वर्ण see s. v.
    -वर्तित 1 well rounded.
    -2 well arranged.
    -वर्तुलः a water-melon.
    -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.
    -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).
    -वह a.
    1 bearing well, patient.
    -2 patient, enduring.
    -3 easy to be borne-
    (-हा) 1 a lute.
    -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.
    -वासः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a pleasant dwelling.
    -3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.
    -वासकः a water-melon.
    -वासरा cress.
    -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.
    -2 a married woman whose husband is alive.
    -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (
    -न्तः) a hero. (
    -न्तम्) heroism.
    -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.
    -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.
    -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
    -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.
    -2 a king.
    -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.
    -विदत् m. a king
    -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.
    -2 wealth.
    -3 grace, favour.
    -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (
    -ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.
    -विदल्ला a married woman.
    -विध a. of a good kind.
    -विधम् ind. easily.
    -विधिः a good rule, ordinance.
    -विनीत a.
    1 well trained, modest.
    -2 well executed. (
    -ता) a tractable cow.
    -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.
    -विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.
    -विरूढ a.
    1 fully grown up or developed.
    -2 well ridden.
    -विविक्त a.
    1 solitary (as a wood).
    -2 well decided (as a question).
    -विहित a.
    1 well-placed, well-deposited.
    -2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.
    -3 well done or performed.
    -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.
    -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy. (
    -जम्) good seed.
    -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.
    -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.
    -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.
    -वीर्य a.
    1 having great vigour.
    -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.
    (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism
    -2 abundance of heroes.
    -3 the fruit of the jujube. (
    -र्या) wild cotton.
    -वृक्तिः f.
    1 a pure offering.
    -2 a hymn of praise.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.
    -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
    -त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (
    -त्ता) a sort of grape.
    -वेल a.
    1 tranquil, still.
    -2 humble, quiet. (
    -लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (
    -तः) a religious student.
    (-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.
    -2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.
    -शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
    -शक a. capable of being easily done.
    -शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].
    -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
    -शाकम् undried ginger.
    -शारदः N. of Śiva.
    -शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.
    -शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.
    -शिखः fire.
    (-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.
    -2 a cock's comb.
    -शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.
    -शीम a. cold, frigid. (
    -मः) coldness
    -शील a. good-tempered, amiable.
    (-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.
    -2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.
    -शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.
    -शोण a. dark-red.
    -श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well heard.
    -2 versed in the Vedas.
    -3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (
    -तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
    -श्लिष्ट a.
    1 well-arranged or united.
    -2 well-fitted; Māl.1.
    -श्लेषः close union or embrace.
    -श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.
    -संवीत a.
    1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.
    -2 well dressed.
    -संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.
    -संस्कृत a.
    1 well cooked or prepared.
    -2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
    -संगृहीत a.
    1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.
    -2 well received.
    -3 well kept.
    -4 well abridged.
    -संध a. true to a promise.
    -संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).
    -सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.
    -सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.
    -समाहित a.
    1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.
    -2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.
    -3 Very intent, attentive.
    -समीहित a. much desired.
    - सरण N. of Śiva.
    -सह a.
    1 easy to be borne.
    -2 bearing or enduring well. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.
    -साधित a. well trained or educated.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.
    -2 competence.
    -3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.
    -सारवत् n. crystal.
    -सिकता 1 good sand.
    -2 gravel.
    -3 sugar.
    -सुरप्रिया jasmine.
    -सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).
    -सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.
    -स्थ a.
    1 well-suited, being in a good sense.
    -2 in health, healthy, faring well.
    -3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.
    -4 happy, fortunate. (
    -स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.
    -स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (
    -तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.
    -स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.
    1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.
    -2 health, convalescence.
    -स्थिर a.
    1 stable.
    -2 resolute, cool.
    -स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.
    -2 well purified by bathing.
    -स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (
    -ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
    -स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वर a.
    1 melodious, harmonious.
    -2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.
    -हित a.
    1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.
    -2 beneficial, salutary.
    -3 friendly, affection- ate.
    -4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)
    1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -2 an ally. ˚भेदः
    1 the separation of friends.
    -2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.
    -हृदः a friend.
    -हृदय a.
    1 good-hearted.
    -2 dear, affectionate, loving.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

  • 11 passare

    1. v/i ( trasferirsi) go (in into)
    sports pass
    di legge be passed, pass
    di tempo go by or past, pass
    passare da/per Milano go through Milan
    passare dal panettiere drop by the baker's
    mi è passato di mente it slipped my mind
    passare di moda go out of fashion
    passare inosservato go unnoticed
    2. v/t confine cross
    ( sorpassare) overstep
    ( porgere) pass
    ( trascorrere) spend
    * * *
    passare v. intr.
    1 to pass; ( vicino) to pass by, to go* by, to get* by; ( attraverso) to go* through, to pass through, to get* through: lasciami passare, let me pass; si fece da parte per far passare l'auto, he moved aside to let the car pass; egli passò senza fermarsi, he passed without stopping; per andare a Roma da Milano si passa per Bologna, to go to Rome from Milan you pass through Bologna; la strada passa per il bosco, the road passes (o goes o runs) through the wood; passiamo per il centro?, shall we go (o pass) through the centre?; l'Arno passa da Firenze, the Arno flows through Florence; l'autobus passa davanti alla stazione, the bus goes past the station; passa sotto il ponte e gira a destra, go under the bridge and turn right; in quel cavo passa la corrente, there's electricity in that cable; si abbassò per passare dalla porta, he bent to get through the doorway; per far passare il frigorifero bisogna spostare l'armadio, we'll have to move the cupboard to get the fridge to pass; questa corda è troppo grossa, non ci passa, this string is too thick, it won't go through
    2 ( penetrare) to come* in, to pass through: la luce passava attraverso le persiane, the light came in through the shutters
    3 (trasferirsi da una persona all'altra, da un luogo all'altro) to pass: la palla passava da un giocatore all'altro, the ball passed from one player to the other; passare di padre in figlio, to be handed down (o passed on) from father to son; passare in altre mani, to pass into other hands; passiamo in salotto per il caffè, let's have our coffee in the drawing room // passava da un argomento all'altro con grande facilità, he passed from one subject to another with the greatest of ease // è tempo di passare dalle parole ai fatti, it's time for action (o it's time to pass from words to action)
    4 ( trascorrere) to pass, to elapse, to go* by: i giorni passarono, the days went by; la gioventù passa presto, youth soon passes; man mano che passano gli anni..., as the years go by...; il tempo non passa mai quando si aspetta qlcu., time goes slowly when you're waiting for s.o.; sono già passati due anni, two years have already passed; facciamo una partita a carte tanto per far passare il tempo, let's have a game of cards, just to pass the time
    5 ( cessare) to pass (away), to cease: il mal di denti mi è passato, my toothache has passed off (o gone); la sua collera passò presto, his anger soon passed (o cooled); il temporale è passato, the storm is over (o has passed o has ceased); passare di moda, to go out of fashion // passerà anche questa, it won't last for ever; tutto passa, everything comes to an end; per lui è stato un brutto colpo ma spero gli passerà presto, it was a tough blow for him but I hope he'll get over it quickly // cerca di farti passare il malumore, try to snap out of it
    6 ( andare, venire) to call on (s.o.), to call at (a place): devo passare dal suo ufficio, I must call at his office; passerà di qui fra poco, he will come here soon (o before long); passerò a prenderti, I'll call for you; passerò da te questa sera, I'll drop in (on you) tonight; passare da un cliente, to call on a client; passa a portarmi quel libro, come here and bring me the book
    7 ( diventare) to become*: passò capitano, he was promoted captain
    8 ( essere scambiato per) to be taken for, to pass off as; ( essere reputato) to be believed, to be considered: così vestito potrebbe passare per un prete, dressed like that he could be taken for a priest; lo hanno fatto passare per pazzo, they passed him off as mad; si è fatto passare per un professore di chimica e tutti ci hanno creduto, he passed himself off as a chemistry teacher and everyone believed him; passa per bella, intelligente, she is considered (o thought) beautiful, intelligent; passare per ricco, to be thought rich
    9 ( essere accettato, aver corso) to be passed, to get* through: il progetto di legge passò il mese scorso, the bill was passed last month; passare a un esame, to get through an examination; non è un capolavoro ma può passare, it's not a masterpiece but it'll do
    10 ( intercorrere) to be: passa una gran differenza, there is a great difference
    11 ( di cibi) ( andare a male) to go* bad, to go* off; ( di vino) to turn sour; to turn sweet
    12 ( a carte) to pass
    ◆ v.tr.
    1 ( attraversare) to pass, to cross; ( oltrepassare) to pass, to go* beyond: passare il confine, to pass (o to cross) the border; i fuggitivi sono 11riusciti a passare il fiume, the fugitives succeeded in crossing the river; dopo che hai passato il tabaccaio è la prima casa a destra, when you pass the tobacconist's it's the first house on your right; ho passato l'edicola senza vederla, I went beyond the newstand without seeing it
    2 ( far passare) to pass: passare il filo nell'ago, to pass the thread through the eye of the needle; si fece passare una corda in vita, he passed the rope round his waist
    3 ( essere più di) to be over: quel tipo passa i 2 metri, that fellow is over two metres tall; per me ha passato i 50 anni, I think he's over fifty; questa lettera passa il peso, this letter is overweight
    4 ( trascorrere) to spend*, to pass: dove passerai le vacanze?, where are you going to spend your holidays?; passeremo il Natale insieme, we'll spend (o pass) Christmas together; sta passando un brutto periodo, he's having (o going through) a bad time; ho passato una serata molta bella, I've had a lovely evening; ha passato tre anni in prigione, he spent three years in prison
    5 ( cospargere di) to put*, to spread*: passati un po' di crema in viso, put a bit of cream on your face; passare la cera sul pavimento, to wax the floor
    6 ( pulire) to wipe, to clean; passare uno straccio sulla lavagna, to wipe the blackboard with a cloth; passare lo straccio sul pavimento, to wipe the floor; si passò il fazzoletto sul collo, he mopped (o wiped) his neck with his handkerchief
    7 ( dare) to pass, to give*, to hand: l'albergo non passa la colazione, the hotel does not give breakfast; guarda queste fotografie e passale agli altri, look at these photographs and pass them on to the others; passami il sale, per favore, can you pass me the salt, please?; mi passa un assegno mensile, he gives me a monthly cheque; passare gli alimenti alla moglie, to pay one's wife alimony; (comm.) passare un ordine, to place an order; (sport) passare la palla, to pass the ball
    8 ( sopportare) to undergo*, to pass through (sthg.): ha passato un mucchio di guai, she has gone through (o she has had) a lot of trouble; ne ho passate tante, ne ho passate di tutti i colori, te lo assicuro, I have been through a lot, I can tell you
    9 ( trafiggere) to pass through; to run* through, to transfix: lo passò da parte a parte, he ran him through
    10 ( approvare, promuovere; superare) to pass: ho passato tutti i miei allievi, I have passed all my pupils; passare un progetto di legge, to pass a bill; hai passato l'esame di guida?, did you pass your driving test?
    11 (cuc.) ( setacciare) to sieve; ( al passaverdura) to purée // passa il pesce nella farina prima di friggerlo, flour the fish before frying; passare nell'uovo, to dip in beaten egg; passare gli spinaci nel burro, to sauté the spinach; passare nel pangrattato, to coat with breadcrumbs.
    ◆ FRASEOLOGIA: passare a miglior vita, to pass away // passare inosservato, to go (o to pass) unnoticed // passare di mente, to go out of one's mind; passare per la mente, to cross (o to come into) one's mind // sarà due chili e passa, it's probably two kilos or more; avrà trent'anni e passa, he must be over thirty // non posso passare sopra a così tanti errori, I can't overlook so many mistakes // faccia la coda, non cerchi di passare davanti a tutti, don't try to pass ahead of everyone (o to jump the queue); è passato in testa al gruppo, alla classifica, he moved up to the top // passi la sua ignoranza, ma non la cattiva educazione, I'm prepared to overlook his ignorance but not his bad manners // passa via!, get (o go) away, scram! // passarla liscia, to get away with sthg. (o to get off scot-free) // passarsela bene, male, ( finanziariamente) to be well off, badly off // passar parola, to pass the word on (o round) // passare qlco. sotto silenzio, to pass over sthg. in silence // non gliene passa una, she picks him up on everything ∙ Questo verbo è usato in molte frasi idiomatiche per la cui traduzione si rinvia agli altri elementi. Per esempio: passare per le armi → arma; passare in rivista → rivista; passare dei guai → guaio; passare al setaccio → setaccio ecc.
    * * *
    [pas'sare]
    1. vi (aus essere)
    1) (persona, veicolo) to go by, pass (by)

    siamo passati davanti a casa tua — we went past your house, we walked (o drove) past your house

    2) (fare una breve sosta) to call in, (presso amico) to call o drop in, (postino) to come, call

    passare a casa di qn o da qn — to call o drop in on sb

    passare a trovare/salutare qn — to drop by to see sb/say "hello" to sb

    passare a prendere qc/qn — to come and pick sth/sb up

    passare in banca/ufficio — to call in at the bank/office

    3) (filtrare attraverso: aria, sole, luce) to pass, get through, (acqua) to seep through
    4)

    (trasferirsi) passare da...a — to pass from... to

    passare di padre in figlio — to be handed o passed down o from father to son

    passare ad altro — to change the subject, (in una riunione) to discuss the next item

    passare alla storia — to pass into history, fig to become a legend

    5) (trascorrere: giorni, tempo) to pass, go by
    6) (allontanarsi: temporale, dolore, voglia) to pass, go away

    far passare a qn la voglia di qc/di fare qc — to stifle sb's desire for sth/to do sth

    7) (essere accettato: proposta di legge) to be passed, (candidato) to pass
    9) Carte to pass
    10)
    11)

    (esistere) ci passa una bella differenza tra i 2 quadri — there's a big difference between the 2 pictures

    12)

    passare per uno stupido/un genio — to be taken for a fool/a genius

    passare per buono — to be taken as valid, be accepted

    farsi passare per — to pass o.s. off as, pretend to be

    13)

    passare attraverso, per anche fig — to go through

    passare sopra — to pass over o above, (fig : lasciar correre) to pass over, overlook

    cosa ti passa per la testa? — (a che pensi?) what is going through your mind?, (come puoi pensarlo?) what are you thinking of!

    lasciar passare qn/qc — to let sb/sth through

    far passare qn per o da — to let sb in (o out) by

    2. vt
    1) (attraversare) to cross
    2) (esame) to pass, (dogana) to go through, clear, (visita medica) to have
    3) (approvare) to pass, approve
    4)

    (trafiggere) passare qn/qc da parte a parte — to pass right through sb/sth

    5) (trascorrere) to spend, pass

    non passerà la notte — he (o she) won't survive the night

    6) (oltrepassare, sorpassare) to go beyond, (fig : andare oltre i limiti) to exceed, go beyond

    ha passato la quarantina — he (o she) is over 40

    7) (dare: oggetto) to pass, give, hand, (Sport: palla) to pass

    passare qc a qn — to pass sth to sb, give sb sth, (trasmettere: messaggio) to pass sth (on) to sb

    potresti passarmi il sale? — could you pass me the salt, please?

    passare indietro qc — to pass o give o hand sth back

    mi passi Maria? — (al telefono) can I speak to Maria?

    le passo il signor Rossi — I'm putting you through to Mr Rossi, here's Mr Rossi

    8) (brodo, verdura) to strain
    9)

    passare l'aspirapolvere — to hoover Brit, vacuum Am

    10)

    (fraseologia) passarsela bene/male — to get on well/badly, (economicamente) to manage well/badly

    ne ha passate tante — he's been through a lot, he's had some difficult times

    3. sm

    col passare del tempo... — with the passing of time...

    col passare degli anni — (riferito al presente) as time goes by, (riferito al passato) as time passed o went by

    * * *
    I 1. [pas'sare]
    verbo transitivo
    1) (attraversare) to go* past, to go* across, to get* across, to get* over, to pass, to cross [fiume, ponte]; to go* through, to get* through [ dogana]

    passato il semaforo, giri a destra — turn right after the lights

    2) (infilare) to run*; (trafiggere) to run* through

    passare la corda nell'anello — to pass o run the rope through the ring

    3) (trasferire) to move

    passare qcn. a un altro ufficio — to move sb. to another office

    passare una telefonata a qcn. — to put a call through to sb.

    mi passi il direttore commerciale, per favore — give me the sales manager, please

    glielo passo — I'll put him on, I'm putting you through

    5) (porgere) to hand, to pass [ oggetto]

    passare la palla — sport to feed o pass the ball

    passare le dita su qcs. — to run one's fingers over sth.

    passare uno straccio su qcs. — to run a duster over sth

    7) (trascorrere) to spend*, to pass
    8) (superare) to pass, to get* through [esame, test]; to live out [ inverno]
    9) (approvare) to get* through, to carry, to pass [legge, decreto]
    11) gastr. (con il frullatore) to whizz up; to mash (up), to puree [frutta, verdura]

    passare qcs. al tritacarne — to put sth. through the mincer

    12) (spalmare) to rub [ crema]

    passare gli alimenti — dir. to pay maintenance

    14) rad. telev.

    passare la cinquantina — to be over fifty years old, to be in one's fifties

    2.
    verbo intransitivo (aus. essere)
    1) (transitare) [persona, veicolo] to pass

    riesci a passare? — can you fit o get through?

    passando per o da by way of; passare per il centro della città, davanti alla scuola to go through the town centre, past the school; andare in Polonia passando per la Germania to travel through Germany to Poland; passare per i campi to cut across the fields; l'autobus è appena passato the bus has just gone; passate da quella porta go straight through that door; passare dalla scala di servizio — to use the backstairs o service stairs AE

    passare per — [ strada] to go through; (scorrere) [ acqua] to flow through

    3) (andare momentaneamente) to drop in, to drop round, to pop in BE colloq.

    passare da — to call at [ negozio]; to call (in) on [amico, parente]; to go round to [scuola, ufficio]

    passare a prendere qcn., qcs. — to pick sb., sth. up

    4) (penetrare) to get* through

    fare passare — to let in [acqua, luce]

    passare inosservato — to go o pass unnoticed

    6) (spostarsi) to go*, to move

    passare davanti a qcn. in una coda — to cut in front of sb. in a queue

    non mi era mai passato per la testa che... — it never crossed o entered my mind that

    8) (essere trasferito, trasmesso) [ proprietà] to pass; [ titolo] to pass down

    passare di padre in figlio, di generazione in generazione — to be handed down from father to son, from generation to generation

    9) (variare, cambiare) to change

    passare al (campo) nemico — to desert to the enemy camp, to go over to the enemy

    10) fig. (procedere) to go* on, to move on, to pass on

    passare all'offensiva — to go on o take the offensive

    passare alle vie di fatto — to use force, to come to blows

    11) (essere approvato) [legge, regolamento] to go* through
    13) (cessare) [crisi, sentimento] to pass; [dolore, effetto] to pass off, to subside; [ temporale] to blow* itself out, to blow* over, to spend* itself, to die out; [amore, rabbia] to die

    passerà — it'll pass, things will get better

    14) (trascorrere) [ tempo] to draw* on, to go* (by), to pass

    passarono tre ore prima che... — three hours went by before

    farne passare di tutti colori a qcn. — to put sb. through the mill

    passare sopra a — to overlook, to pass over [comportamento, errore]

    passi per i giovani, ma... — that's all right for young people but...

    per questa volta passi — I'll let you off o I'll turn a blind eye this time, this time I'll let it go

    mi era completamente passato di mente — it went right o clean o completely out of my mind

    fare passare qcn. per bugiardo — to make sb. out to be a liar

    20) (intercorrere) to pass between
    3.
    verbo pronominale passarsi
    1) (far scivolare) to run*, to draw*
    ••

    passare parola — to spread o pass the word

    come te la passi? — how are things, how are you getting along?

    passarsela male — to have a hard o bad time, to go through the o jump through hoops

    passare a miglior vita — eufem. to pass away

    II [pas'sare]
    sostantivo maschile passage, passing

    con il passare degli anni — with the passing of the years, as years go by

    * * *
    passare1
    /pas'sare/ [1]
     1 (attraversare) to go* past, to go* across, to get* across, to get* over, to pass, to cross [fiume, ponte]; to go* through, to get* through [ dogana]; passato il semaforo, giri a destra turn right after the lights
     2 (infilare) to run*; (trafiggere) to run* through; passare la corda nell'anello to pass o run the rope through the ring
     3 (trasferire) to move; passare qcn. a un altro ufficio to move sb. to another office
     4 (al telefono) passare una telefonata a qcn. to put a call through to sb.; mi passi il direttore commerciale, per favore give me the sales manager, please; glielo passo I'll put him on, I'm putting you through
     5 (porgere) to hand, to pass [ oggetto]; passami il piatto pass me your plate; potete (fare) passare il sale? could you pass the salt along please? passare la palla sport to feed o pass the ball
     6 (far scorrere) passare le dita su qcs. to run one's fingers over sth.; passare uno straccio su qcs. to run a duster over sth.
     7 (trascorrere) to spend*, to pass; passare una bella giornata to have a nice day; passare la giornata a fare to spend the day doing; passare un brutto momento to have a thin time of it
     8 (superare) to pass, to get* through [esame, test]; to live out [ inverno]
     9 (approvare) to get* through, to carry, to pass [legge, decreto]
     10 (perdonare) non me ne passa una he doesn't let me get away with anything
     11 gastr. (con il frullatore) to whizz up; to mash (up), to puree [frutta, verdura]; passare qcs. al tritacarne to put sth. through the mincer
     12 (spalmare) to rub [ crema]; passare la cera sul tavolo to wax the table
     13 (pagare) passare gli alimenti dir. to pay maintenance
     14 rad. telev. passo! over; passo e chiudo! over and out! passiamo ora la linea ai nostri studi di Roma now over to our Rome studios
     15 (oltrepassare) passare la cinquantina to be over fifty years old, to be in one's fifties; hai proprio passato il limite! you're way out of line! colloq.
     (aus. essere)
     1 (transitare) [persona, veicolo] to pass; riesci a passare? can you fit o get through? passando per o da by way of; passare per il centro della città, davanti alla scuola to go through the town centre, past the school; andare in Polonia passando per la Germania to travel through Germany to Poland; passare per i campi to cut across the fields; l'autobus è appena passato the bus has just gone; passate da quella porta go straight through that door; passare dalla scala di servizio to use the backstairs o service stairs AE
     2 (snodarsi) passare per [ strada] to go through; (scorrere) [ acqua] to flow through
     3 (andare momentaneamente) to drop in, to drop round, to pop in BE colloq.; passare da to call at [ negozio]; to call (in) on [amico, parente]; to go round to [scuola, ufficio]; devi passare a trovarci you must come by and see us; passare a prendere qcn., qcs. to pick sb., sth. up; passerà oggi he's coming round today; sono solo passata a salutare I've just popped in to say hello
     4 (penetrare) to get* through; fare passare to let in [acqua, luce]
     5 (svolgersi) passare inosservato to go o pass unnoticed
     6 (spostarsi) to go*, to move; passare dalla sala da pranzo in salotto to move from the dining room to the lounge; passare davanti a qcn. in una coda to cut in front of sb. in a queue
     7 (pensare) dire quello che passa per la mente to say things off the top of one's head; mi domando cosa le passi per la testa I wonder what's going on in her head; non mi era mai passato per la testa che... it never crossed o entered my mind that...
     8 (essere trasferito, trasmesso) [ proprietà] to pass; [ titolo] to pass down; passare alla storia come to go down in history as; passare di padre in figlio, di generazione in generazione to be handed down from father to son, from generation to generation
     9 (variare, cambiare) to change; passare dal riscaldamento a gas a quello elettrico to change over from gas to electric heating; passare sotto il controllo dell'ONU to be taken over by the UN; passare al (campo) nemico to desert to the enemy camp, to go over to the enemy
     10 fig. (procedere) to go* on, to move on, to pass on; passiamo ad altro let's move on; passare all'offensiva to go on o take the offensive; passare alle vie di fatto to use force, to come to blows
     11 (essere approvato) [legge, regolamento] to go* through
     12 (essere ammesso) [ candidato] to pass; passare alla classe superiore to go up a class; è passato generale he's been promoted to general
     13 (cessare) [crisi, sentimento] to pass; [dolore, effetto] to pass off, to subside; [ temporale] to blow* itself out, to blow* over, to spend* itself, to die out; [amore, rabbia] to die; passerà it'll pass, things will get better; gli passerà he'll get over it; questo mal di testa non vuole passare! this headache just won't go away! mi è passata la voglia di giocare I don't feel like playing any more
     14 (trascorrere) [ tempo] to draw* on, to go* (by), to pass; sono appena passate le sei it's just gone six o'clock; passarono tre ore prima che... three hours went by before...
     15 (sopportare) farne passare di tutti colori a qcn. to put sb. through the mill; dopo tutto quello che mi hai fatto passare after all you've put me through; ci siamo passati tutti we've all gone through it
     16 (chiudere un occhio) lasciare passare to let it pass; passare sopra a to overlook, to pass over [comportamento, errore]; passi per i giovani, ma... that's all right for young people but...; per questa volta passi I'll let you off o I'll turn a blind eye this time, this time I'll let it go
     17 (dimenticare) mi era completamente passato di mente it went right o clean o completely out of my mind
     18 (essere considerato) passare per un genio to pass for a genius; fare passare qcn. per bugiardo to make sb. out to be a liar
     19 (spacciarsi) facendosi passare per un poliziotto impersonating a o posing as a policeman
     20 (intercorrere) to pass between; che differenza passa tra i due? what's the difference between the two?
    III passarsi verbo pronominale
     1 (far scivolare) to run*, to draw*; - rsi il pettine tra i capelli to run a comb through one's hair; - rsi un fazzoletto sulla fronte to draw a handkerchief across one's forehead; si passò la mano sul viso he passed his hand over his face
     2 (reciprocamente) - rsi documenti to exchange documents; - rsi la palla to throw a ball around
    passare parola to spread o pass the word; come te la passi? how are things, how are you getting along? passarsela bene to be well off; passarsela male to have a hard o bad time, to go through the o jump through hoops; non mi passa più! there's no end to it! non la passerai liscia! you'll never get away with it! passare a miglior vita eufem. to pass away.
    ————————
    passare2
    /pas'sare/
    sostantivo m.
    passage, passing; con il passare degli anni with the passing of the years, as years go by; con il passare delle ore as the day progressed.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > passare

  • 12 Chronology

      15,000-3,000 BCE Paleolithic cultures in western Portugal.
      400-200 BCE Greek and Carthaginian trade settlements on coast.
      202 BCE Roman armies invade ancient Lusitania.
      137 BCE Intensive Romanization of Lusitania begins.
      410 CE Germanic tribes — Suevi and Visigoths—begin conquest of Roman Lusitania and Galicia.
      714—16 Muslims begin conquest of Visigothic Lusitania.
      1034 Christian Reconquest frontier reaches Mondego River.
      1064 Christians conquer Coimbra.
      1139 Burgundian Count Afonso Henriques proclaims himself king of Portugal; birth of Portugal. Battle of Ourique: Afonso Henriques defeats Muslims.
      1147 With English Crusaders' help, Portuguese seize Lisbon from Muslims.
      1179 Papacy formally recognizes Portugal's independence (Pope Alexander III).
      1226 Campaign to reclaim Alentejo from Muslims begins.
      1249 Last Muslim city (Silves) falls to Portuguese Army.
      1381 Beginning of third war between Castile and Portugal.
      1383 Master of Aviz, João, proclaimed regent by Lisbon populace.
      1385 April: Master of Aviz, João I, proclaimed king of Portugal by Cortes of Coimbra. 14 August: Battle of Aljubarrota, Castilians defeated by royal forces, with assistance of English army.
      1394 Birth of "Prince Henry the Navigator," son of King João I.
      1415 Beginning of overseas expansion as Portugal captures Moroccan city of Ceuta.
      1419 Discovery of Madeira Islands.
      1425-28 Prince D. Pedro, older brother of Prince Henry, travels in Europe.
      1427 Discovery (or rediscovery?) of Azores Islands.
      1434 Prince Henry the Navigator's ships pass beyond Cape Bojador, West Africa.
      1437 Disaster at Tangier, Morocco, as Portuguese fail to capture city.
      1441 First African slaves from western Africa reach Portugal.
      1460 Death of Prince Henry. Portuguese reach what is now Senegal, West Africa.
      1470s Portuguese explore West African coast and reach what is now Ghana and Nigeria and begin colonizing islands of São Tomé and Príncipe.
      1479 Treaty of Alcáçovas between kings of Portugal and Spain.
      1482 Portuguese establish post at São Jorge da Mina, Gold Coast (now Ghana).
      1482-83 Portuguese navigator Diogo Cão reaches mouth of Congo River and Angola.
      1488 Navigator Bartolomeu Dias rounds Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, and finds route to Indian Ocean.
      1492-93 Columbus's first voyage to West Indies.
      1493 Columbus visits Azores and Portugal on return from first voyage; tells of discovery of New World. Treaty of Tordesillas signed between kings of Portugal and Spain: delimits spheres of conquest with line 370 leagues west of Cape Verde Islands (claimed by Portugal); Portugal's sphere to east of line includes, in effect, Brazil.
       King Manuel I and Royal Council decide to continue seeking all-water route around Africa to Asia.
       King Manuel I expels unconverted Jews from Portugal.
      1497-99 Epic voyage of Vasco da Gama from Portugal around Africa to west India, successful completion of sea route to Asia project; da Gama returns to Portugal with samples of Asian spices.
      1500 Bound for India, Navigator Pedro Álvares Cabral "discovers" coast of Brazil and claims it for Portugal.
      1506 Anti-Jewish riots in Lisbon.
       Battle of Diu, India; Portugal's command of Indian Ocean assured for some time with Francisco de Almeida's naval victory over Egyptian and Gujerati fleets.
       Afonso de Albuquerque conquers Goa, India; beginning of Portuguese hegemony in south Asia.
       Portuguese conquest of Malacca; commerce in Spice Islands.
      1519 Magellan begins circumnavigation voyage.
      1536 Inquisition begins in Portugal.
      1543 Portuguese merchants reach Japan.
      1557 Portuguese merchants granted Chinese territory of Macau for trading factory.
      1572 Luís de Camões publishes epic poem, Os Lusíadas.
      1578 Battle of Alcácer-Quivir; Moroccan forces defeat army of King Sebastião of Portugal; King Sebastião dies in battle. Portuguese succession crisis.
      1580 King Phillip II of Spain claims and conquers Portugal; Spanish rule of Portugal, 1580-1640.
      1607-24 Dutch conquer sections of Asia and Brazil formerly held by Portugal.
      1640 1 December: Portuguese revolution in Lisbon overthrows Spanish rule, restores independence. Beginning of Portugal's Braganza royal dynasty.
      1654 Following Dutch invasions and conquest of parts of Brazil and Angola, Dutch expelled by force.
      1661 Anglo-Portuguese Alliance treaty signed: England pledges to defend Portugal "as if it were England itself." Queen Catherine of Bra-ganza marries England's Charles II.
      1668 February: In Portuguese-Spanish peace treaty, Spain recognizes independence of Portugal, thus ending 28-year War of Restoration.
      1703 Methuen Treaties signed, key commercial trade agreement and defense treaty between England and Portugal.
      1750 Pombal becomes chief minister of King José I.
      1755 1 November: Massive Lisbon earthquake, tidal wave, and fire.
      1759 Expulsion of Jesuits from Portugal and colonies.
      1761 Slavery abolished in continental Portugal.
      1769 Abandonment of Mazagão, Morocco, last Portuguese outpost.
      1777 Pombal dismissed as chief minister by Queen Maria I, after death of José I.
      1791 Portugal and United States establish full diplomatic relations.
      1807 November: First Napoleonic invasion; French forces under Junot conquer Portugal. Royal family flees to colony of Brazil and remains there until 1821.
      1809 Second French invasion of Portugal under General Soult.
      1811 Third French invasion of Portugal under General Masséna.
      1813 Following British general Wellington's military victories, French forces evacuate Portugal.
      1817 Liberal, constitutional movements against absolutist monarchist rule break out in Brazil (Pernambuco) and Portugal (Lisbon, under General Gomes Freire); crushed by government. British marshal of Portugal's army, Beresford, rules Portugal.
       Liberal insurrection in army officer corps breaks out in Cadiz, Spain, and influences similar movement in Portugal's armed forces first in Oporto.
       King João VI returns from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, and early draft of constitution; era of constitutional monarchy begins.
      1822 7 September: João VI's son Pedro proclaims independence of
       Brazil from Portugal and is named emperor. 23 September: Constitution of 1822 ratified.
       Portugal recognizes sovereign independence of Brazil.
       King João VI dies; power struggle for throne ensues between his sons, brothers Pedro and Miguel; Pedro, emperor of Brazil, abdicates Portuguese throne in favor of his daughter, D. Maria II, too young to assume crown. By agreement, Miguel, uncle of D. Maria, is to accept constitution and rule in her stead.
      1828 Miguel takes throne and abolishes constitution. Sections of Portugal rebel against Miguelite rule.
      1831 Emperor Pedro abdicates throne of Brazil and returns to Portugal to expel King Miguel from Portuguese throne.
      1832-34 Civil war between absolutist King Miguel and constitutionalist Pedro, who abandons throne of Brazil to restore his young daughter Maria to throne of Portugal; Miguel's armed forces defeated by those of Pedro. Miguel leaves for exile and constitution (1826 Charter) is restored.
      1834-53 Constitutional monarchy consolidated under rule of Queen Maria II, who dies in 1853.
      1851-71 Regeneration period of economic development and political stability; public works projects sponsored by Minister Fontes Pereira de Melo.
      1871-90 Rotativism period of alternating party governments; achieves political stability and less military intervention in politics and government. Expansion of colonial territory in tropical Africa.
       January: Following territorial dispute in central Africa, Britain delivers "Ultimatum" to Portugal demanding withdrawal of Portugal's forces from what is now Malawi and Zimbabwe. Portugal's government, humiliated in accepting demand under threat of a diplomatic break, falls. Beginning of governmental and political instability; monarchist decline and republicanism's rise.
       Anglo-Portuguese treaties signed relating to delimitation of frontiers in colonial Africa.
      1899 Treaty of Windsor; renewal of Anglo-Portuguese defense and friendship alliance.
      1903 Triumphal visit of King Edward VII to Portugal.
      1906 Politician João Franco supported by King Carlos I in dictatorship to restore order and reform.
      1908 1 February: Murder in Lisbon of King Carlos I and his heir apparent, Prince Dom Luís, by Portuguese anarchists. Eighteen-year-old King Manuel II assumes throne.
      1910 3-5 October: Following republican-led military insurrection in armed forces, monarchy falls and first Portuguese republic is proclaimed. Beginning of unstable, economically troubled, parliamentary republic form of government.
       May: Violent insurrection in Lisbon overturns government of General Pimenta de Castro; nearly a thousand casualties from several days of armed combat in capital.
       March: Following Portugal's honoring ally Britain's request to confiscate German shipping in Portuguese harbors, Germany declares war on Portugal; Portugal enters World War I on Allied side.
       Portugal organizes and dispatches Portuguese Expeditionary Corps to fight on the Western Front. 9 April: Portuguese forces mauled by German offensive in Battle of Lys. Food rationing and riots in Lisbon. Portuguese military operations in Mozambique against German expedition's invasion from German East Africa. 5 December: Authoritarian, presidentialist government under Major Sidónio Pais takes power in Lisbon, following a successful military coup.
      1918 11 November: Armistice brings cessation of hostilities on Western Front in World War I. Portuguese expeditionary forces stationed in Angola, Mozambique, and Flanders begin return trip to Portugal. 14 December: President Sidónio Pais assassinated. Chaotic period of ephemeral civil war ensues.
      1919-21 Excessively unstable political period, including January
      1919 abortive effort of Portuguese monarchists to restore Braganza dynasty to power. Republican forces prevail, but level of public violence, economic distress, and deprivation remains high.
      1921 October: Political violence attains peak with murder of former prime minister and other prominent political figures in Lisbon. Sectors of armed forces and Guarda Nacional Republicana are mutinous. Year of financial and corruption scandals, including Portuguese bank note (fraud) case; military court acquits guilty military insurrectionists, and one military judge declares "the country is sick."
       28 May: Republic overthrown by military coup or pronunciamento and conspiracy among officer corps. Parliament's doors locked and parliament closed for nearly nine years to January 1935. End of parliamentary republic, Western Europe's most unstable political system in this century, beginning of the Portuguese dictatorship, after 1930 known as the Estado Novo. Officer corps assumes reins of government, initiates military censorship of the press, and suppresses opposition.
       February: Military dictatorship under General Óscar Carmona crushes failed republican armed insurrection in Oporto and Lisbon.
       April: Military dictatorship names Professor Antônio de Oliveira Salazar minister of finance, with dictatorial powers over budget, to stabilize finances and rebuild economy. Insurrectionism among military elements continues into 1931.
      1930 Dr. Salazar named minister for colonies and announces balanced budgets. Salazar consolidates support by various means, including creation of official regime "movement," the National Union. Salazar engineers Colonial Act to ensure Lisbon's control of bankrupt African colonies by means of new fiscal controls and centralization of authority. July: Military dictatorship names Salazar prime minister for first time, and cabinet composition undergoes civilianization; academic colleagues and protégés plan conservative reform and rejuvenation of society, polity, and economy. Regime comes to be called the Estado Novo (New State). New State's constitution ratified by new parliament, the National Assembly; Portugal described in document as "unitary, corporative Republic" and governance influenced by Salazar's stern personality and doctrines such as integralism, Catholicism, and fiscal conservatism.
      1936 Violent instability and ensuing civil war in neighboring Spain, soon internationalized by fascist and communist intervention, shake Estado Novo regime. Pseudofascist period of regime features creation of imitation Fascist institutions to defend regime from leftist threats; Portugal institutes "Portuguese Youth" and "Portuguese Legion."
      1939 3 September: Prime Minister Salazar declares Portugal's neutrality in World War II. October: Anglo-Portuguese agreement grants naval and air base facilities to Britain and later to United States for Battle of the Atlantic and Normandy invasion support. Third Reich protests breach of Portugal's neutrality.
       6 June: On day of Allies' Normandy invasion, Portugal suspends mining and export of wolfram ore to both sides in war.
       8 May: Popular celebrations of Allied victory and Fascist defeat in Lisbon and Oporto coincide with Victory in Europe Day. Following managed elections for Estado Novo's National Assembly in November, regime police, renamed PIDE, with increased powers, represses opposition.
      1947 Abortive military coup in central Portugal easily crushed by regime. Independence of India and initiation of Indian protests against Portuguese colonial rule in Goa and other enclaves.
      1949 Portugal becomes founding member of NATO.
      1951 Portugal alters constitution and renames overseas colonies "Overseas Provinces." Portugal and United States sign military base agreements for use of air and naval facilities in Azores Islands and military aid to Lisbon. President Carmona dies in office, succeeded by General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58). July: Indians occupy enclave of Portuguese India (dependency of Damão) by means of passive resistance movement. August: Indian passive resistance movement in Portuguese India repelled by Portuguese forces with loss of life. December: With U.S. backing, Portugal admitted as member of United Nations (along with Spain). Air force general Humberto Delgado, in opposition, challenges Estado Novo's hand-picked successor to Craveiro Lopes, Admiral Américo Tomás. Delgado rallies coalition of democratic, liberal, and communist opposition but loses rigged election and later flees to exile in Brazil. Portugal joins European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
       January and February: Estado Novo rocked by armed African insurrection in northern Angola, crushed by armed forces. Hijacking of Portuguese ocean liner by ally of Delgado, Captain Henrique Galvão. April: Salazar defeats attempted military coup and reshuffles cabinet with group of younger figures who seek to reform colonial rule and strengthen the regime's image abroad. 18 December: Indian army rapidly defeats Portugal's defense force in Goa, Damão, and Diu and incorporates Portugal's Indian possessions into Indian Union. January: Abortive military coup in Beja, Portugal.
      1965 February: General Delgado and his Brazilian secretary murdered and secretly buried near Spanish frontier by political police, PIDE.
      1968 August and September: Prime Minister Salazar, aged 79, suffers crippling stoke. President Tomás names former cabinet officer Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor. Caetano institutes modest reforms in Portugal and overseas.
      1971 Caetano government ratifies amended constitution that allows slight devolution and autonomy to overseas provinces in Africa and Asia. Right-wing loyalists oppose reforms in Portugal. 25 April: Military coup engineered by Armed Forces Movement overthrows Estado Novo and establishes provisional government emphasizing democratization, development, and decolonization. Limited resistance by loyalists. President Tomás and Premier Caetano flown to exile first in Madeira and then in Brazil. General Spínola appointed president. September: Revolution moves to left, as President Spínola, thwarted in his program, resigns.
       March: Military coup by conservative forces fails, and leftist response includes nationalization of major portion of economy. Polarization between forces and parties of left and right. 25 November: Military coup by moderate military elements thwarts leftist forces. Constituent Assembly prepares constitution. Revolution moves from left to center and then right.
       March: Constitution ratified by Assembly of the Republic. 25 April: Second general legislative election gives largest share of seats to Socialist Party (PS). Former oppositionist lawyer, Mário Soares, elected deputy and named prime minister.
      1977-85 Political pendulum of democratic Portugal moves from center-left to center-right, as Social Democratic Party (PSD) increases hold on assembly and take office under Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. July
      1985 elections give edge to PSD who advocate strong free-enterprise measures and revision of leftist-generated 1976 Constitution, amended modestly in 1982.
      1986 January: Portugal joins European Economic Community (EEC).
      1987 July: General, legislative elections for assembly give more than 50 percent to PSD led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. For first time, since 1974, Portugal has a working majority government.
      1989 June: Following revisions of 1976 Constitution, reprivatization of economy begins, under PS government.
       January: Presidential elections, Mário Soares reelected for second term. July: General, legislative elections for assembly result in new PSD victory and majority government.
       January-July: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Economic Community (EEC). December: Tariff barriers fall as fully integrated Common Market established in the EEC.
       November: Treaty of Maastricht comes into force. The EEC officially becomes the European Union (EU). Portugal is signatory with 11 other member-nations.
       October: General, legislative elections for assembly result in PS victory and naming of Prime Minister Guterres. PS replace PSD as leading political party. November: Excavations for Lisbon bank uncover ancient Phoenician, Roman, and Christian ruins.
       January: General, presidential elections; socialist Jorge Sampaio defeats PSD's Cavaco Silva and assumes presidency from Dr. Mário Soares. July: Community of Portuguese Languages Countries (CPLP) cofounded by Portugal and Brazil.
       May-September: Expo '98 held in Lisbon. Opening of Vasco da Gama Bridge across Tagus River, Europe's longest (17 kilometers/ 11 miles). June: National referendum on abortion law change defeated after low voter turnout. November: National referendum on regionaliza-tion and devolution of power defeated after another low voter turnout.
       October: General, legislative elections: PS victory over PSD lacks clear majority in parliament. Following East Timor referendum, which votes for independence and withdrawal of Indonesia, outburst of popular outrage in streets, media, and communications of Portugal approves armed intervention and administration of United Nations (and withdrawal of Indonesia) in East Timor. Portugal and Indonesia restore diplomatic relations. December: A Special Territory since 1975, Colony of Macau transferred to sovereignty of People's Republic of China.
       January-June: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the EU; end of Discoveries Historical Commemoration Cycle (1988-2000).
       United Nations forces continue to occupy and administer former colony of East Timor, with Portugal's approval.
       January: General, presidential elections; PS president Sampaio reelected for second term. City of Oporto, "European City of Culture" for the year, hosts arts festival. December: Municipal elections: PSD defeats PS; socialist prime minister Guterres resigns; President Sampaio calls March parliamentary elections.
       1 January: Portugal enters single European Currency system. Euro currency adopted and ceases use of former national currency, the escudo. March: Parliamentary elections; PSD defeats PS and José Durão Barroso becomes prime minister. Military modernization law passed. Portugal holds chairmanship of Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE).
       May: Municipal law passed permitting municipalities to reorganize in new ways.
       June: Prime Minister Durão Barroso, invited to succeed Romano Prodi as president of EU Commission, resigns. Pedro Santana Lopes becomes prime minister. European Parliament elections held. Conscription for national service in army and navy ended. Mass grave uncovered at Academy of Sciences Museum, Lisbon, revealing remains of several thousand victims of Lisbon earthquake, 1755.
       February: Parliamentary elections; PS defeats PSD, socialists win first absolute majority in parliament since 1975. José Sócrates becomes prime minister.
       January: Presidential elections; PSD candidate Aníbal Cavaco Silva elected and assumes presidency from Jorge Sampaio. Portugal's national soccer team ranked 7th out of 205 countries by international soccer association. European Union's Bologna Process in educational reform initiated in Portugal.
       July-December: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Union. For reasons of economy, Portugal announces closure of many consulates, especially in France and the eastern US. Government begins official inspections of private institutions of higher education, following scandals.
      2008 January: Prime Minister Sócrates announces location of new Lisbon area airport as Alcochete, on south bank of Tagus River, site of air force shooting range. February: Portuguese Army begins to receive new modern battle tanks (Leopard 2 A6). March: Mass protest of 85,000 public school (primary and secondary levels) teachers in Lisbon schools dispute recent educational policies of minister of education and prime minister.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Chronology

  • 13 sum

        sum (2d pers. es, or old ēs; old subj praes. siem, siēs, siet, sient, for sim, etc., T.; fuat for sit, T., V., L.; imperf. often forem, forēs, foret, forent, for essem, etc.; fut. escunt for erunt, C.), fuī (fūvimus for fuimus, Enn. ap. C.), futūrus ( inf fut. fore or futūrum esse, C.), esse    [ES-; FEV-]. —    I. As a predicate, asserting existence, to be, exist, live: ut id aut esse dicamus aut non esse: flumen est Arar, quod, etc., Cs.: homo nequissimus omnium qui sunt, qui fuerunt: arbitrari, me nusquam aut nullum fore: fuimus Troes, fuit Ilium, V.—Of place, to be, be present, be found, stay, live: cum non liceret Romae quemquam esse: cum essemus in castris: deinceps in lege est, ut, etc.: erat nemo, quicum essem libentius quam tecum: sub uno tecto esse, L.—Of circumstances or condition, to be, be found, be situated, be placed: Sive erit in Tyriis, Tyrios laudabis amictūs, i. e. is attired, O.: in servitute: in magno nomine et gloriā: in vitio: Hic in noxiāst, T.: in pace, L.: (statua) est et fuit totā Graeciā summo honore: ego sum spe bonā: rem illam suo periculo esse, at his own risk: omnem reliquam spem in impetu esse equitum, L.—In 3 d pers., followed by a pron rel., there is (that) which, there are (persons) who, there are (things) which, some.—With indic. (the subject conceived as definite): est quod me transire oportet, there is a (certain) reason why I must, etc., T.: sunt item quae appellantur alces, there are creatures also, which, etc., Cs.: sunt qui putant posse te non decedere, some think: Sunt quibus in satirā videor nimis acer, H.—With subj. (so usu. in prose, and always with a subject conceived as indefinite): sunt, qui putent esse mortem... sunt qui censeant, etc.: est isdem de rebus quod dici possit subtilius: sunt qui Crustis et pomis viduas venentur avaras, H.—With dat, to belong, pertain, be possessed, be ascribed: fingeret fallacias, Unde esset adulescenti amicae quod daret, by which the youth might have something to give, T.: est igitur homini cum deo similitudo, man has some resemblance: Privatus illis census erat brevis, H.: Troia et huic loco nomen est, L.—Ellipt.: Nec rubor est emisse palam (sc. ei), nor is she ashamed, O.: Neque testimoni dictio est (sc. servo), has no right to be a witness, T.—With cum and abl of person, to have to do with, be connected with: tecum nihil rei nobis est, we have nothing to do with you, T.: si mihi tecum minus esset, quam est cum tuis omnibus.—With ab and abl of person, to be of, be the servant of, follow, adhere to, favor, side with: Ab Andriā est ancilla haec, T.: sed vide ne hoc, Scaevola, totum sit a me, makes for me.— With pro, to be in favor of, make for: (iudicia) partim nihil contra Habitum valere, partim etiam pro hoc esse.—With ex, to consist of, be made up of: (creticus) qui est ex longā et brevi et longā: duo extremi chorei sunt, id est, e singulis longis et brevibus.— To be real, be true, be a fact, be the case, be so: sunt ista, Laeli: est ut dicis, inquam: verum esto: esto, granted, V.—Esp. in phrases, est ut, it is the case that, is true that, is possible that, there is reason for: sin est, ut velis Manere illam apud te, T.: est, ut id maxime deceat: futurum esse ut omnes pellerentur, Cs.: magis est ut ipse moleste ferat errasse se, quam ut reformidet, etc., i. e. he has more reason for being troubled... than for dreading, etc.: ille erat ut odisset defensorem, etc., he certainly did hate.—In eo esse ut, etc., to be in a condition to, be possible that, be about to, be on the point of ( impers. or with indef subj.): cum iam in eo esset, ut in muros evaderet miles, when the soldiers were on the point of scaling, L.: cum res non in eo essent ut, etc., L.—Est ubi, there is a time when, sometimes: est, ubi id isto modo valeat.—Est quod, there is reason to, is occasion to: etsi magis est, quod gratuler tibi, quam quod te rogem, I have more reason to: est quod referam ad consilium: sin, etc., L.: non est quod multa loquamur, H.—Est cur, there is reason why: quid erat cur Milo optaret, etc., what cause had Milo for wishing? etc.—With inf, it is possible, is allowed, is permitted, one may: Est quādam prodire tenus, si non datur ultra, H.: scire est liberum Ingenium atque animum, T.: neque est te fallere quicquam, V.: quae verbo obiecta, verbo negare sit, L.: est videre argentea vasa, Ta.: fuerit mihi eguisse aliquando tuae amicitiae, S.—Of events, to be, happen, occur, befall, take place: illa (solis defectio) quae fuit regnante Romulo: Amabo, quid tibi est? T.: quid, si... futurum nobis est? L.— To come, fall, reach, be brought, have arrived: ex eo tempore res esse in vadimonium coepit: quae ne in potestatem quidem populi R. esset, L.—    II. As a copula, to be: et praeclara res est et sumus otiosi: non sum ita hebes, ut istud dicam: Nos numerus sumus, a mere number, H.: sic, inquit, est: est ut dicis: frustra id inceptum Volscis fuit, L.: cum in convivio comiter et iucunde fuisses: quod in maritimis facillime sum, am very glad to be.—With gen part., to be of, belong to: qui eiusdem civitatis fuit, N.: qui Romanae partis erant, L.: ut aut amicorum aut inimicorum Campani simus, L.— With gen possess., to belong to, pertain to, be of, be the part of, be peculiar to, be characteristic of, be the duty of: audiant eos, quorum summa est auctoritas apud, etc., who possess: ea ut civitatis Rhodiorum essent, L.: Aemilius, cuius tum fasces erant, L.: plebs novarum rerum atque Hannibalis tota esse, were devoted to, L.: negavit moris esse Graecorum, ut, etc.—With pron possess.: est tuum, Cato, videre quid agatur: fuit meum quidem iam pridem rem p. lugere.—With gerundive: quae res evertendae rei p. solerent esse, which were the usual causes of ruin to the state: qui utilia ferrent, quaeque aequandae libertatis essent, L.— With gen. or abl. of quality, to be of, be possessed of, be characterized by, belong to, have, exercise: nimium me timidum, nullius consili fuisse confiteor: Sulla gentis patriciae nobilis fuit, S.: civitas magnae auctoritatis, Cs.: refer, Cuius fortunae (sit), H.: nec magni certaminis ea dimicatio fuit, L.: bellum variā victoriā fuit, S.: tenuissimā valetudine esse, Cs.: qui capite et superciliis semper est rasis.—With gen. or abl. of price or value, to be of, be valued at, stand at, be appreciated, cost: videtur esse quantivis preti, T.: ager nunc multo pluris est, quam tunc fuit: magni erunt mihi tuae litterae: sextante sal et Romae et per totam Italiam erat, was worth, L.—With dat predic., to express definition or purpose, to serve for, be taken as, be regarded as, be felt to be: vitam hanc rusticam tu probro et crimini putas esse oportere, ought to be regarded as: eo natus sum ut Iugurthae scelerum ostentui essem, S.: ipsa res ad levandam annonam impedimento fuerat, L.—With second dat of pers.: quo magis quae agis curae sunt mihi, T.: illud Cassianum, ‘cui bono fuerit,’ the inquiry of Cassius, ‘ for whose benefit was it ’: haec tam parva civitas praedae tibi et quaestui fuit.— To be sufficient for, be equal to, be fit: sciant patribus aeque curae fuisse, ne, etc., L.: ut divites conferrent, qui oneri ferendo essent, such as were able to bear the burden, L.: cum solvendo aere (old dat. for aeri) alieno res p. non esset, L.—With ellips. of aeri: tu nec solvendo eras, wast unable to pay.—With ad, to be of use for, serve for: res quae sunt ad incendia, Cs.: valvae, quae olim ad ornandum templum erant maxime.—With de, to be of, treat concerning, relate to: liber, qui est de animo.—In the phrase, id est, or hoc est, in explanations, that is, that is to say, I mean: sed domum redeamus, id est ad nostros revertamur: vos autem, hoc est populus R., etc., S.
    * * *
    highest, the top of; greatest; last; the end of

    Latin-English dictionary > sum

  • 14 nabarmen

    io.
    a. clear, evident, obvious, conspicuous, noticeable; nabarmenkeria baino \nabarmenago quite open about it; Nafarroan, epeltze hori ez da hain \nabarmena izango in Navarre that warming won't be so noticeable
    b. ( seinalea) clear
    c. ( kolore a) loud, lurid, gaudy
    d. ( galtzak, prakak) loud, gaudy
    e. ( hutsa) glaring, obvious
    f. ( berezketa, desberdintza) clear, distinct, out-and-out, sharp
    2.
    a. ( lizunkoia) carousing, promiscuous, lecherous; bertan bizi ziren bi mutil gatze: biak askatu eta \nabarmenak two young boys lived there: both loose and promiscuous; emakume \nabarmen batek gazte hura bekatura behartu zuen a lustful woman drove that youth to si
    b. ( arropa, e.a.) immodest; orobat, emakume gazteek ere nortasun hobea eraikiko dute eta mirespen handiagoa jasoko eskolan gailenduz eta erti-lanen bidez, ezen ez janzkera \nabarmenez young women can obtain a better identity and receive better notice through academic excellence and artistic expression than through immodesty of dress
    c. ( bertsoa, hitza) lewd, crude; begiratu \nabarmenak lurid looks
    3.
    a. ( balio handikoa) valuable
    b. ( guztien artean bikain) outstanding; oso leku \nabarmena du euskal letretan he has an honoured place in Basque letters
    4. notable, noticeable; gizona zenbat eta ahulago, orduan eta \nabarmenago ageri Jaungoikoaren indarra eta babesa the weaker a man is, the more clearly noticeable God's strength and protection is
    5. ( larria) serious; irainik \nabarmenena da it is the most serious of slights adb. clear, apparent; \nabarmen azalduko da gezurra the lie will be shown for what it is; laster bere alde txarra aski \nabarmen agertuko da his bad side will be readily apparent

    Euskara Ingelesa hiztegiaren > nabarmen

См. также в других словарях:

  • side — 1 /saId/ noun (C) PLACE/AREA/POSITION 1 PART OF AN AREA one of the two areas that are on either the left or the right of an imaginary line, or on either the left or the right of a border, wall, river etc: Drive on the left hand side of the road.… …   Longman dictionary of contemporary English

  • side — I UK [saɪd] / US noun Word forms side : singular side plural sides *** 1) a) [countable] a particular area of something such as a building, street, or town side of: The railway ran along the north side of the valley. The bride s guests should sit …   English dictionary

  • side — side1 W1S1 [saıd] n ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(part of an area)¦ 2¦(next to)¦ 3¦(of a building/object/vehicle etc)¦ 4¦(edge)¦ 5¦(of a thin object)¦ 6¦(part of your body)¦ 7¦(shape)¦ 8¦(mountain/valley)¦ 9¦(page)¦ …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • Youth in Revolt — For the film based on the novel, see Youth in Revolt (film). Youth in Revolt   …   Wikipedia

  • Youth International Party — The Youth International Party, whose members were commonly called Yippies, was a highly theatrical and anti authoritarian political party established in the United States in 1967. An offshoot of the free speech and anti war movements of the 1960s …   Wikipedia

  • His Dark Materials — For other uses, see His Dark Materials (disambiguation). His Dark Materials Northern Lights The Subtle Knife The Amber Spyglass Author Philip Pullman Language English …   Wikipedia

  • Youth Brigade (band) — This article is about the band Youth Brigade from Los Angeles, California. For the Washington, DC band which originally had the same name, see DC Youth BrigadeInfobox musical artist | Name = Youth Brigade Img capt = Img size = Landscape =… …   Wikipedia

  • Arcadia of My Youth — Infobox animanga/Header name = Arcadia of My Youth caption = DVD cover for Arcadia of My Youth ja name = わが青春のアルカディア ja name trans = Waga Seishun no Arukadia genre = Adventure, Science FictionInfobox animanga/Movie title = director = Tomoharu… …   Wikipedia

  • Todd Youth — Infobox Musical artist | | Background = non vocal instrumentalist | Instrument = Guitar Name = Todd Youth Born = Birth date and age|1971|5|15|df=y New Jersey, United States Died = Alias = Genre = Punk rock Hard rock Hardcore Associated acts = The …   Wikipedia

  • Athens 2010 Youth Olympics bid — Olympic bid|2010|Youth winner = Singapore runner up = Moscow shortlisted1 = shortlisted2 = shortlisted3 = shortlisted4 = fullname = Athens committee = Hellenic Olympic Committee (HOC) history = Athens hosted the 1896 Summer Olympics and the 2004… …   Wikipedia

  • All-Ohio State Fair Youth Choir — The All Ohio State Fair Youth Choir (known as the AOSFYC or the All Ohio Youth Choir) is a singing organization of high school students that meets every summer five days prior to the opening of the Ohio State Fair and performs as entertainment… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»